head	1.1;
branch	1.1.1;
access;
symbols
	netbsd-10-2-RELEASE:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-9-5-RELEASE:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-11-0-RELEASE:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC7:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC6:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC5:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC4:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC3:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC2:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11-0-RC1:1.1.1.16
	perseant-exfatfs-base-20250801:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-11:1.1.1.16.0.10
	netbsd-11-base:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-1-RELEASE:1.1.1.16
	perseant-exfatfs-base-20240630:1.1.1.16
	perseant-exfatfs:1.1.1.16.0.8
	perseant-exfatfs-base:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-8-3-RELEASE:1.1.1.13
	netbsd-9-4-RELEASE:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-10-0-RELEASE:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-0-RC6:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-0-RC5:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-0-RC4:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-0-RC3:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-0-RC2:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10-0-RC1:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-10:1.1.1.16.0.6
	netbsd-10-base:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-9-3-RELEASE:1.1.1.15
	cjep_sun2x:1.1.1.16.0.4
	cjep_sun2x-base:1.1.1.16
	cjep_staticlib_x-base1:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-9-2-RELEASE:1.1.1.15
	cjep_staticlib_x:1.1.1.16.0.2
	cjep_staticlib_x-base:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-9-1-RELEASE:1.1.1.15
	phil-wifi-20200421:1.1.1.16
	phil-wifi-20200411:1.1.1.16
	phil-wifi-20200406:1.1.1.16
	netbsd-8-2-RELEASE:1.1.1.13
	netbsd-9-0-RELEASE:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-9-0-RC2:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-9-0-RC1:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-9:1.1.1.15.0.2
	netbsd-9-base:1.1.1.15
	phil-wifi-20190609:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-8-1-RELEASE:1.1.1.13
	netbsd-8-1-RC1:1.1.1.13
	pgoyette-compat-merge-20190127:1.1.1.14.2.1
	pgoyette-compat-20190127:1.1.1.15
	pgoyette-compat-20190118:1.1.1.15
	pgoyette-compat-1226:1.1.1.15
	pgoyette-compat-1126:1.1.1.15
	pgoyette-compat-1020:1.1.1.15
	pgoyette-compat-0930:1.1.1.15
	pgoyette-compat-0906:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-7-2-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	pgoyette-compat-0728:1.1.1.15
	clang-337282:1.1.1.15
	netbsd-8-0-RELEASE:1.1.1.13
	phil-wifi:1.1.1.14.0.4
	phil-wifi-base:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0625:1.1.1.14
	netbsd-8-0-RC2:1.1.1.13
	pgoyette-compat-0521:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0502:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0422:1.1.1.14
	netbsd-8-0-RC1:1.1.1.13
	pgoyette-compat-0415:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0407:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0330:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0322:1.1.1.14
	pgoyette-compat-0315:1.1.1.14
	netbsd-7-1-2-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	pgoyette-compat:1.1.1.14.0.2
	pgoyette-compat-base:1.1.1.14
	netbsd-7-1-1-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	clang-319952:1.1.1.14
	matt-nb8-mediatek:1.1.1.13.0.8
	matt-nb8-mediatek-base:1.1.1.13
	clang-309604:1.1.1.14
	perseant-stdc-iso10646:1.1.1.13.0.6
	perseant-stdc-iso10646-base:1.1.1.13
	netbsd-8:1.1.1.13.0.4
	netbsd-8-base:1.1.1.13
	prg-localcount2-base3:1.1.1.13
	prg-localcount2-base2:1.1.1.13
	prg-localcount2-base1:1.1.1.13
	prg-localcount2:1.1.1.13.0.2
	prg-localcount2-base:1.1.1.13
	pgoyette-localcount-20170426:1.1.1.13
	bouyer-socketcan-base1:1.1.1.13
	pgoyette-localcount-20170320:1.1.1.13
	netbsd-7-1:1.1.1.8.2.1.0.6
	netbsd-7-1-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	netbsd-7-1-RC2:1.1.1.8.2.1
	clang-294123:1.1.1.13
	netbsd-7-nhusb-base-20170116:1.1.1.8.2.1
	bouyer-socketcan:1.1.1.12.0.2
	bouyer-socketcan-base:1.1.1.12
	clang-291444:1.1.1.12
	pgoyette-localcount-20170107:1.1.1.11
	netbsd-7-1-RC1:1.1.1.8.2.1
	pgoyette-localcount-20161104:1.1.1.11
	netbsd-7-0-2-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	localcount-20160914:1.1.1.11
	netbsd-7-nhusb:1.1.1.8.2.1.0.4
	netbsd-7-nhusb-base:1.1.1.8.2.1
	clang-280599:1.1.1.11
	pgoyette-localcount-20160806:1.1.1.11
	pgoyette-localcount-20160726:1.1.1.11
	pgoyette-localcount:1.1.1.11.0.2
	pgoyette-localcount-base:1.1.1.11
	netbsd-7-0-1-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	clang-261930:1.1.1.11
	netbsd-7-0:1.1.1.8.2.1.0.2
	netbsd-7-0-RELEASE:1.1.1.8.2.1
	netbsd-7-0-RC3:1.1.1.8.2.1
	netbsd-7-0-RC2:1.1.1.8.2.1
	netbsd-7-0-RC1:1.1.1.8.2.1
	clang-237755:1.1.1.10
	clang-232565:1.1.1.9
	clang-227398:1.1.1.9
	tls-maxphys-base:1.1.1.8
	tls-maxphys:1.1.1.8.0.4
	netbsd-7:1.1.1.8.0.2
	netbsd-7-base:1.1.1.8
	clang-215315:1.1.1.8
	clang-209886:1.1.1.7
	yamt-pagecache:1.1.1.6.0.4
	yamt-pagecache-base9:1.1.1.6
	tls-earlyentropy:1.1.1.6.0.2
	tls-earlyentropy-base:1.1.1.7
	riastradh-xf86-video-intel-2-7-1-pre-2-21-15:1.1.1.6
	riastradh-drm2-base3:1.1.1.6
	clang-202566:1.1.1.6
	clang-201163:1.1.1.5
	clang-199312:1.1.1.4
	clang-198450:1.1.1.3
	clang-196603:1.1.1.2
	clang-195771:1.1.1.1
	LLVM:1.1.1;
locks; strict;
comment	@// @;


1.1
date	2013.11.28.14.14.50;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.1;
next	;
commitid	ow8OybrawrB1f3fx;

1.1.1.1
date	2013.11.28.14.14.50;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.2;
commitid	ow8OybrawrB1f3fx;

1.1.1.2
date	2013.12.06.23.17.00;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.3;
commitid	oIJdta8D25nvY7gx;

1.1.1.3
date	2014.01.05.15.39.01;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.4;
commitid	wh3aCSIWykURqWjx;

1.1.1.4
date	2014.01.15.21.26.22;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.5;
commitid	NQXlzzA0SPkc5glx;

1.1.1.5
date	2014.02.14.20.07.17;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.6;
commitid	annVkZ1sc17rF6px;

1.1.1.6
date	2014.03.04.19.54.11;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.6.2.1
	1.1.1.6.4.1;
next	1.1.1.7;
commitid	29z1hJonZISIXprx;

1.1.1.7
date	2014.05.30.18.14.43;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.8;
commitid	8q0kdlBlCn09GACx;

1.1.1.8
date	2014.08.10.17.08.30;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.8.2.1
	1.1.1.8.4.1;
next	1.1.1.9;
commitid	N85tXAN6Ex9VZPLx;

1.1.1.9
date	2015.01.29.19.57.29;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.10;
commitid	mlISSizlPKvepX7y;

1.1.1.10
date	2015.05.29.17.21.45;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.11;
commitid	njmMfW4RH5rYGmny;

1.1.1.11
date	2016.02.27.22.11.56;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.11.2.1;
next	1.1.1.12;
commitid	tIimz3oDlh1NpBWy;

1.1.1.12
date	2017.01.11.10.34.17;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.12.2.1;
next	1.1.1.13;
commitid	CNnUNfII1jgNmxBz;

1.1.1.13
date	2017.02.09.17.38.11;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.14;
commitid	UxB8JMFWM7xyMiFz;

1.1.1.14
date	2017.08.01.19.35.09;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches
	1.1.1.14.2.1
	1.1.1.14.4.1;
next	1.1.1.15;
commitid	pMuDy65V0VicSx1A;

1.1.1.15
date	2018.07.17.18.31.17;	author joerg;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.16;
commitid	wDzL46ALjrCZgwKA;

1.1.1.16
date	2019.11.13.22.19.27;	author joerg;	state dead;
branches;
next	;
commitid	QD8YATxuNG34YJKB;

1.1.1.6.2.1
date	2014.08.10.07.08.09;	author tls;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	t01A1TLTYxkpGMLx;

1.1.1.6.4.1
date	2014.03.04.19.54.11;	author yamt;	state dead;
branches;
next	1.1.1.6.4.2;
commitid	WSrDtL5nYAUyiyBx;

1.1.1.6.4.2
date	2014.05.22.16.18.29;	author yamt;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	WSrDtL5nYAUyiyBx;

1.1.1.8.2.1
date	2015.06.04.20.04.30;	author snj;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	yRnjq9fueSo6n9oy;

1.1.1.8.4.1
date	2014.08.10.17.08.30;	author tls;	state dead;
branches;
next	1.1.1.8.4.2;
commitid	jTnpym9Qu0o4R1Nx;

1.1.1.8.4.2
date	2014.08.19.23.47.30;	author tls;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	jTnpym9Qu0o4R1Nx;

1.1.1.11.2.1
date	2017.03.20.06.52.40;	author pgoyette;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	jjw7cAwgyKq7RfKz;

1.1.1.12.2.1
date	2017.04.21.16.51.39;	author bouyer;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	dUG7nkTKALCadqOz;

1.1.1.14.2.1
date	2018.07.28.04.33.22;	author pgoyette;	state Exp;
branches;
next	;
commitid	1UP1xAIUxv1ZgRLA;

1.1.1.14.4.1
date	2019.06.10.21.45.27;	author christos;	state Exp;
branches;
next	1.1.1.14.4.2;
commitid	jtc8rnCzWiEEHGqB;

1.1.1.14.4.2
date	2020.04.13.07.46.37;	author martin;	state dead;
branches;
next	;
commitid	X01YhRUPVUDaec4C;


desc
@@


1.1
log
@Initial revision
@
text
@//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
//
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
///
/// \file
/// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
///
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;

/// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
/// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
/// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
/// name of the corresponding type.
ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                              IdentifierInfo &Name) {
  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();

  // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
  QualType Type;
  switch (NNS->getKind()) {
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
    Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
    break;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
    // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
    // typename type for it.
    assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
    Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
                                        NNS->getAsIdentifier());
    break;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
  }

  // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
  // final identifier in the qualified-id.
  return CreateParsedType(Type,
                          Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
}

ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                   IdentifierInfo &II,
                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                   Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
                                   bool EnteringContext) {
  // Determine where to perform name lookup.

  // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
  // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
  // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
  // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
  // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
  // this appears to be ill-formed:
  //
  //   namespace N {
  //     template <typename T> struct S {
  //       ~S();
  //     };
  //   }
  //
  //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
  //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
  //   }
  //
  // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
  // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
  // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
  QualType SearchType;
  DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
  bool isDependent = false;
  bool LookInScope = false;

  // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
  // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
  // we know what type we're looking for.
  if (ObjectTypePtr)
    SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);

  if (SS.isSet()) {
    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();

    bool AlreadySearched = false;
    bool LookAtPrefix = true;
    // C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
    //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
    //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
    //   nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
    //
    //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier  ~ class-name
    //
    //   where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
    //   a qualified-id of the form:
    //
    //     ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name ::  ~ class-name
    //
    //   the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
    //   the nested-name-specifier.
    //
    // Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
    // code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
    // nested-name-specifier.
    DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
    if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
      AlreadySearched = true;
      LookupCtx = DC;
      isDependent = false;
    } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
      LookAtPrefix = false;

    // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
    NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
    if (AlreadySearched) {
      // Nothing left to do.
    } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
      CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
      PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
      isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
    } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
      isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
    } else {
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
      isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
    }

    LookInScope = false;
  } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
    // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
    //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
    //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
    //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
    //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
    //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
    //   cv-qualified) T.
    LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
    isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
    assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
           "Caller should have completed object type");

    LookInScope = true;
  } else {
    // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
    LookInScope = true;
  }

  TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
  LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
    // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
    // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
    // we're allowed to look there).
    Found.clear();
    if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
      LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
    else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
      LookupName(Found, S);
    else
      continue;

    // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
    if (Found.isAmbiguous())
      return ParsedType();

    if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
      QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);

      if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
          Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
        // We found our type!

        return ParsedType::make(T);
      }

      if (!SearchType.isNull())
        NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
    }

    // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
    // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
    // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
    // this is the destructor for that class.
    // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
    // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
    if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
      QualType MemberOfType;
      if (SS.isSet()) {
        if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
          // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
          if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
            MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
        }
      }
      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
        MemberOfType = SearchType;

      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
        continue;

      // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
      // class template we found is the same as the template being
      // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
      if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
        if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
              = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
          if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
                Template->getCanonicalDecl())
            return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
        }

        continue;
      }

      // We're referring to an unresolved class template
      // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
      // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
      // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
      // has the same name.
      if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
            = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
        TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();

        // The class template we found is the same template being
        // specialized.
        if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
          if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
            return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);

          continue;
        }

        // The class template we found has the same name as the
        // (dependent) template name being specialized.
        if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
                                    = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
          if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
              DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
            return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);

          continue;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if (isDependent) {
    // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
    // anyway.
    
    // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
    QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
                                   SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                   II, NameLoc);
    return ParsedType::make(T);
  }

  if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
    QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
      << T << SearchType;
    Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
      << T;
  } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
      << &II;
  else {
    SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
                                          diag::err_destructor_class_name);
    if (S) {
      const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
      if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
        DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
                                                 Class->getNameAsString());
    }
  }

  return ParsedType();
}

ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
    if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
      return ParsedType();
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 
           && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
    QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
    if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
      return ParsedType::make(T);
    }
      
    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
      << T << SearchType;
    return ParsedType();
}

/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
  //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
  //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
  //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
  //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
  Qualifiers Quals;
  QualType T
    = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
                                      Quals);
  if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
      RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
    return ExprError();

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           Operand,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                Expr *E,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
    if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
      ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
      if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      E = result.take();
    }

    QualType T = E->getType();
    if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
      //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
      //   shall be completely-defined.
      if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
        return ExprError();

      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
      //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
      //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
      //   operand. [...]
      if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
        // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
        // and recheck the subexpression.
        ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
        if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
        E = Result.take();

        // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
        MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
      }
    }

    // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
    //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
    //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
    //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
    //   type.
    Qualifiers Quals;
    QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
    if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
      T = UnqualT;
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).take();
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           E,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // Find the std::type_info type.
  if (!getStdNamespace())
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));

  if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
    IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
    LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
    CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
    // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MicrosoftMode) {
      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
      CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    }
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
  }

  if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
  }

  QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);

  if (isType) {
    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
                                   &TInfo);
    if (T.isNull())
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);

    return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
  }

  // The operand is an expression.
  return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}

/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
    if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(),
                                          &HasMultipleGUIDs)) {
      if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      else
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           Operand,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                Expr *E,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
    if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) &&
        !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      else
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           E,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
  if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
    IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
    LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
  }

  QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);

  if (isType) {
    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
                                   &TInfo);
    if (T.isNull())
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);

    return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
  }

  // The operand is an expression.
  return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
  assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
         "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
                                                Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
}

/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
}

/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
  bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
  if (Ex) {
    // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 
    //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
    //
    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 
    //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
    //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 
    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 
    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 
    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 
    //       exception object
    if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
      if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
        if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
          for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
            if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
              IsThrownVarInScope = true;
              break;
            }
            
            if (S->getFlags() &
                (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
                 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
                 Scope::TryScope))
              break;
          }
        }
      }
  }
  
  return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 
                               bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
  // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
  if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
  
  if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
    if (ExRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Ex = ExRes.take();
  }
  
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc,
                                          IsThrownVarInScope));
}

/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
                                      bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
  // C++ [except.throw]p3:
  //   A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
  //   object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
  //   cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
  //   the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
  //   or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
  if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
    E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
                          E->getValueKind()).take();

  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = Res.take();

  //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
  //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
  QualType Ty = E->getType();
  bool isPointer = false;
  if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    isPointer = true;
  }
  if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
    if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
                            isPointer? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
                                     : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
                            E->getSourceRange()))
      return ExprError();

    if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
                               diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
  // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
  
  // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
  //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 
  //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
  //
  //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 
  //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-clause 
  //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 
  //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 
  //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 
  //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 
  //       exception object
  const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = 0;
  if (IsThrownVarInScope)
    NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
  
  InitializedEntity Entity =
      InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
                                             /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != 0);
  Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
                                        QualType(), E,
                                        IsThrownVarInScope);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = Res.take();

  // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
  const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!RecordTy)
    return Owned(E);
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());

  // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
  // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
  MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);

  // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
  if (isPointer)
    return Owned(E);

  // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
  if (RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
    return Owned(E);

  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
  if (!Destructor)
    return Owned(E);

  MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
  CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                        PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
    return ExprError();
  return Owned(E);
}

QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
  DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
  QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
  if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
    if (method && method->isInstance())
      ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
  }
  
  return ThisTy;
}

Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 
                                         Decl *ContextDecl,
                                         unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
                                         bool Enabled) 
  : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
{
  if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
    return;
  
  CXXRecordDecl *Record = 0;
  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
    Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
  else
    Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
    
  S.CXXThisTypeOverride
    = S.Context.getPointerType(
        S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
  
  this->Enabled = true;
}


Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
  if (Enabled) {
    S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
  }
}

static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
                         QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
  FieldDecl *Field
    = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, 0, ThisTy,
                        Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc),
                        0, false, ICIS_NoInit);
  Field->setImplicit(true);
  Field->setAccess(AS_private);
  RD->addDecl(Field);
  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
}

bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 
    bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
  // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
  if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
    return true;

  const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
    *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;  
 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'.
  unsigned NumClosures = 0;
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
    if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
            dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
      if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
        // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
        break;
      }
      LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
      if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
        // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
        if (BuildAndDiagnose)
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
        return true;
      }
      if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
          Explicit) {
        // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
        NumClosures++;
        Explicit = false;
        continue;
      }
      // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
      if (BuildAndDiagnose)
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
      return true;
    }
    break;
  }
  if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
  // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped.
  // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
  // contexts.
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 
      --idx, --NumClosures) {
    CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
    Expr *ThisExpr = 0;
    QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
    if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
      // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression.
      ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc);
    else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
        = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
      ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc);

    bool isNested = NumClosures > 1;
    CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr);
  }
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
  /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
  /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
  /// which the function is called.

  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
  if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);

  CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false));
}

bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
  // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
  // type for 'this'.
  if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
    return false;
  
  // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
  // defined.
  CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg exprs,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!TypeRep)
    return ExprError();

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
  QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
  if (!TInfo)
    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());

  return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg Exprs,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
  SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();

  if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
    return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
                                                    LParenLoc,
                                                    Exprs,
                                                    RParenLoc));
  }

  bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
  assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
         && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
      ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);

  // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
  // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
  // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
  // corresponding cast expression.
  if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
    Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
  }

  QualType ElemTy = Ty;
  if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
    if (!ListInitialization)
      return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
                            diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
    ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
  }

  if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
      RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
                          diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
    return ExprError();

  if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
                             diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
    return ExprError();

  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
  InitializationKind Kind =
      Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
      ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
      : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
      : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);

  if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
    return Result;

  Expr *Inner = Result.get();
  if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
    Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
  if (isa<InitListExpr>(Inner)) {
    // If the list-initialization doesn't involve a constructor call, we'll get
    // the initializer-list (with corrected type) back, but that's not what we
    // want, since it will be treated as an initializer list in further
    // processing. Explicitly insert a cast here.
    QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
    Result = Owned(CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
        CK_NoOp, Result.take(), /*Path=*/ 0, LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
  }

  // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
  return Result;
}

/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                                         QualType allocType) {
  const RecordType *record =
    allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!record) return false;

  // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.

  DeclarationName deleteName =
    S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
  LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());

  // We're just doing this for information.
  ops.suppressDiagnostics();

  // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
  if (ops.empty()) return false;

  // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
  // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
  if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;

  LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
  while (filter.hasNext()) {
    NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();

    // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
    //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
    //   regardless of its signature.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
      filter.erase();
      continue;
    }

    // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
    //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
    //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
    //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
    //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
    //   is a usual deallocation function.
    if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
      filter.erase();
      continue;
    }
  }
  filter.done();

  if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;

  const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
  return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
}

/// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
///
/// E.g.:
/// @@code new (memory) int[size][4] @@endcode
/// or
/// @@code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @@endcode
///
/// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
/// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
/// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
/// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
/// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
/// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
///   if there is none.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
                  Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
  bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();

  Expr *ArraySize = 0;
  // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
  if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
      D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
    if (TypeContainsAuto)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
        << D.getSourceRange());
    if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
        << D.getSourceRange());
    if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
        << D.getSourceRange());

    ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
    D.DropFirstTypeObject();
  }

  // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
  if (ArraySize) {
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
      if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
        break;

      DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
      if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
        if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y) {
	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
            unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
            assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
            llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
            Array.NumElts
             = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
                                                CCEK_NewExpr)
                 .take();
          } else {
            Array.NumElts
              = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, 0,
                                                diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
                  .take();
          }
          if (!Array.NumElts)
            return ExprError();
        }
      }
    }
  }

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0);
  QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
  if (D.isInvalidType())
    return ExprError();

  SourceRange DirectInitRange;
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
    DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();

  return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
                     PlacementLParen,
                     PlacementArgs,
                     PlacementRParen,
                     TypeIdParens,
                     AllocType,
                     TInfo,
                     ArraySize,
                     DirectInitRange,
                     Initializer,
                     TypeContainsAuto);
}

static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
                                       Expr *Init) {
  if (!Init)
    return true;
  if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
    return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
  if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
    return true;
  else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
    return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
           CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
  else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
    assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
           "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
    return true;
  }
  return false;
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
                  MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
                  SourceRange TypeIdParens,
                  QualType AllocType,
                  TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
                  Expr *ArraySize,
                  SourceRange DirectInitRange,
                  Expr *Initializer,
                  bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
  SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();

  CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
  if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
    assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
  } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
  else {
    assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
            isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
           "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
  }

  Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
  unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
    assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
    Inits = List->getExprs();
    NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
  }

  // Determine whether we've already built the initializer.
  bool HaveCompleteInit = false;
  if (Initializer && isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer) &&
      !isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Initializer))
    HaveCompleteInit = true;
  else if (Initializer && isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer))
    HaveCompleteInit = true;

  // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
  if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit)
      return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                            diag::err_auto_new_requires_parens)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    if (NumInits > 1) {
      Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
      return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
                            diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    }
    Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
    QualType DeducedType;
    if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
                       << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
                       << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
    if (DeducedType.isNull())
      return ExprError();
    AllocType = DeducedType;
  }

  // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
  // typedef of an array type.
  if (!ArraySize) {
    if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
                              = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
      ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
                                         Context.getSizeType(),
                                         TypeRange.getEnd());
      AllocType = Array->getElementType();
    }
  }

  if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
    return ExprError();

  if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && isStdInitializerList(AllocType, 0)) {
    Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
        << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
  }

  // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
      AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
    AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
                                    AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
  }

  QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
    
  if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    ArraySize = result.take();
  }
  // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
  //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
  // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
  //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
  //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
  // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
  //   std::size_t.
  if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult ConvertedSize;
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y) {
      unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
      assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
      llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
      ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
						AA_Converting);

      if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 
          ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
        // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
          << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
    } else {
      class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
      protected:
        Expr *ArraySize;
  
      public:
        SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
            : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
              ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                     QualType T) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
                   << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
                   << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }

        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Loc,
                        S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
                          ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
                          : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
                   << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }
      } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);

      ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
                                                          SizeDiagnoser);
    }
    if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
    QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();

    if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
      return ExprError();

    // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
    //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
    //   with a non-negative value.
    //
    // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
    // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
    // array type.
    //
    // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
    // std::bad_array_new_length.
    if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
      llvm::APSInt Value;
      // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
      // unscoped enumeration type.
      if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
        if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
                        llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
                                 Value.isUnsigned())) {
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
            Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
              << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
          else
            return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                  diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
                             << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
        } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
          unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
            ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
          if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
            if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
              Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                   diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
                << Value.toString(10)
                << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
            else
              return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                    diag::err_array_too_large)
                               << Value.toString(10)
                               << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
          }
        }
      } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
        // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
        Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
          << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());

        TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
      }
    }

    // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
    // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
  }

  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;

  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
      FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
                              SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
                              UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
                              OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
    return ExprError();

  // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
  // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
  if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
    UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
      = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);

  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
  if (OperatorNew) {
    // Add default arguments, if any.
    const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
      OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    VariadicCallType CallType =
      Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;

    if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
                               PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
      return ExprError();

    if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
      PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;

    DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);

    // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
  }

  // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
  // new.
  if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
      (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
       getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) {
    if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
      unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
      if (Align > SuitableAlign)
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
            << AllocType
            << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
            << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
    }
  }

  QualType InitType = AllocType;
  // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
  // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
  // dialect distinction.
  if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
    if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
      SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                            Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
      return ExprError();
    }
    if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
      // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
      // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
      // default-initialization).
      unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
      InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
          llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
                                              ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    }
  }

  // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
  // do it now.
  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
        llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits)) &&
      !HaveCompleteInit) {
    // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
    //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
    //   object as follows:
    InitializationKind Kind
    //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
    //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
    //       the object has indeterminate value
      = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
          ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
    //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
    //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
          : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
              ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
              : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                                 DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
                                                 DirectInitRange.getEnd());

    InitializedEntity Entity
      = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
                                          MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    if (FullInit.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
    // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
            dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
      FullInit = Owned(Binder->getSubExpr());

    Initializer = FullInit.take();
  }

  // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
  if (OperatorNew) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
      return ExprError();
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
  }
  if (OperatorDelete) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
      return ExprError();
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
  }

  // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
  //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
  //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
  QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
  if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
    if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
        MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
        CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 
                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
                                << BaseAllocType);
        if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
          return ExprError();
      }
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
                                        OperatorDelete,
                                        UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
                                        PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
                                        ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer,
                                        ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
                                        Range, DirectInitRange));
}

/// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
/// in a new-expression.
bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
                              SourceRange R) {
  // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
  //   abstract class type or array thereof.
  if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
      << AllocType << 0 << R;
  else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
      << AllocType << 1 << R;
  else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
           RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
    return true;
  else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
    return true;
  else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
             << AllocType;
  else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
      << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
  else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
      QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
      if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
          BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
        return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
          << BaseAllocType;
    }
  }
           
  return false;
}

/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
/// deallocation function.
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
    return false;

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
    return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();

  if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
      FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
    return false;

  if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
    return true;

  return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
         S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
                                          S.Context.getSizeType());
}

/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                   bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
                                   bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
  // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
  // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
  // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
  //   in the scope of the allocated class.
  // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
  //   operator new.
  // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
  //   placement form.

  SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
  // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
  // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
  // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
  IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
                      Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
                      Context.getSizeType(),
                      SourceLocation());
  AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
  std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);

  // C++ [expr.new]p8:
  //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
  //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
  //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
  //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
  //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
  DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                        IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
  DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                        IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);

  QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);

  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
    CXXRecordDecl *Record
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
    if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
      return true;
  }

  if (!OperatorNew) {
    // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
    bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode;
    if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
                               /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
      if (!FallbackEnabled)
        return true;

      // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
      // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
      // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
      // will not replicate that bug.
      NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
      DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
      if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
      return true;
    }
  }

  // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
  // -fno-exceptions.
  if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
    OperatorDelete = 0;
    return false;
  }

  // FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
  // copy them back.
  if (!PlaceArgs.empty())
    std::copy(AllocArgs.begin() + 1, AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.data());

  // C++ [expr.new]p19:
  //
  //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
  //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
  //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
  //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
  //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
    CXXRecordDecl *RD
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
  }
  if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
    return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?

  if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  }

  FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;

  // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
  // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
  // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
  //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
  //   A *a = new A()
  bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);

  if (isPlacementNew) {
    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
    //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
    //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
    //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
    //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
    //   identical. [...]
    //
    // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
    // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
    // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
    //
    // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
    QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
    {
      const FunctionProtoType *Proto
        = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();

      SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
      ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
      for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumArgs(); I < N; ++I)
        ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getArgType(I));

      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
      EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();

      ExpectedFunctionType
        = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
    }

    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
         D != DEnd; ++D) {
      FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
            = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
        // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
        // expected function type.
        TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
        if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
          continue;
      } else
        Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());

      if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
    }
  } else {
    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
    //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
    //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
         D != DEnd; ++D) {
      if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
        if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
          Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
    }

    // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
    //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
    //   function lookup is used
    // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
    //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
    //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
    //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
    //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
    //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
    //   with one parameter.
    if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
      if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
        Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
      else
        Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
      assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
             "found an unexpected uusal deallocation function");
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
  //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
  //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
  //   deallocation function will be called.
  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
    OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;

    // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
    //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
    //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
    //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
    //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
    //   is ill-formed.
    if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
        isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
        << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
                       PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
      if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
        Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
          << DeleteName;
    } else {
      CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
                            Matches[0].first);
    }
  }

  return false;
}

/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
/// function in the specified scope.
bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                  DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
                                  DeclContext *Ctx,
                                  bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
                                  bool Diagnose) {
  LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
  if (R.empty()) {
    if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
      return false;
    return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
      << Name << Range;
  }

  if (R.isAmbiguous())
    return true;

  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
  for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
                                   /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0,
                                   Args, Candidates,
                                   /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }

    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                         /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
    // The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
    // too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
    // asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
    // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
    unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
    for (unsigned i = 0; (i < Args.size() && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                       FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));

      if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
        return true;

      ExprResult Result
        = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
      if (Result.isInvalid())
        return true;

      Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
    }

    Operator = FnDecl;

    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
                              Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    return false;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << Name << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
        << Name << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
        << Name 
        << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
        << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}


/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
/// delete. These are:
/// @@code
///   // C++03:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
///   // C++11:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
///   // C++1y:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
/// @@endcode
/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
  if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
    return;

  // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
  //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
  //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
  //   program
  //
  //     C++03:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
  //     C++11:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
  //     C++1y:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
  //
  //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
  //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
  //
  // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
  // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
  // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
  // lookup.
  if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
    // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
    // implicitly.
    StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
                                        getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
                                        SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                                      &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
                                        0);
    getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
  }

  GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;

  QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
  QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
  bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;

  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
      VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
      VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
      Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
      Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
    DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
        Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
        Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
    DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
        Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
        Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
  }
}

/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
                                           QualType Return,
                                           QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
                                           bool AddMallocAttr) {
  DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
  unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;

  // Check if this function is already declared.
  DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
  for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
    // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
    if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
      if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
        QualType InitialParam1Type =
            Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
                                         ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
        QualType InitialParam2Type =
            NumParams == 2
                ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
                                               ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
                : QualType();
        // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
        if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
            (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
          if (AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
            Func->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(),
                                                     Context));
          // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
          // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
          // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
          Func->setHidden(false);
          return;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  QualType BadAllocType;
  bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
    = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
       Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
  if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
    assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
    BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
  }

  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
  if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
      EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
      EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
    }
  } else {
    EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
                                EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
  }

  QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };

  QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
      Return, ArrayRef<QualType>(Params, NumParams), EPI);
  FunctionDecl *Alloc =
    FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
                         SourceLocation(), Name,
                         FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, false, true);
  Alloc->setImplicit();

  if (AddMallocAttr)
    Alloc->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));

  ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I)
    ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
                                        SourceLocation(), 0,
                                        Params[I], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                        SC_None, 0);
  Alloc->setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>(ParamDecls, NumParams));

  // FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
  // make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
  // global scope.
  Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
}

FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                                  bool CanProvideSize,
                                                  DeclarationName Name) {
  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();

  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());

  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
  //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
  //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
  llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
  for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                           DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
       D != DEnd; ++D) {
    if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
      if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
        Matches.push_back(Fn);
  }

  // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
  //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
  //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
  //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
  //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
  //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
  //   shall be the function with one parameter.
  if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
    unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
    if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
      Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
    else
      Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
    assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
           "found an unexpected uusal deallocation function");
  }

  assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
         "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
  return Matches.front();
}

bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                    DeclarationName Name,
                                    FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
  LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
  LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);

  if (Found.isAmbiguous())
    return true;

  Found.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
  for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
       F != FEnd; ++F) {
    NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
    // deallocation function.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
      continue;

    if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
      Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
  }

  // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
    Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());

    if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
      if (Diagnose) {
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
        NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
      }
      return true;
    }

    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
                              Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    return false;

  // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
  } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
        << Name << RD;

      for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
             F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
    }
    return true;
  }

  // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
  // none of them were suitable.
  if (!Found.empty()) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
        << Name << RD;

      for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
           F != FEnd; ++F)
        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
    }
    return true;
  }

  // Look for a global declaration.
  Operator = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, true, Name);
  return false;
}

/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
/// @@code ::delete ptr; @@endcode
/// or
/// @@code delete [] ptr; @@endcode
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                     bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
  // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
  //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
  //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
  //   void.
  //
  // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.

  ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
  bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;

  if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
    Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.take());
    if (Ex.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();

    class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
    public:
      DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}

      bool match(QualType ConvType) {
        // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
        // the operator T*.
        if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
          if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
            return true;
        return false;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                            QualType T) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType T) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                 QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
                                             QualType ConvTy) {
        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
          << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                              QualType T) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
                                          QualType ConvTy) {
        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
          << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
        llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
      }
    } Converter;

    Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.take(), Converter);
    if (Ex.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Type = Ex.get()->getType();
    if (!Converter.match(Type))
      // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
      //        itself in this case.
      return ExprError();

    QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);

    if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
      return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 
                  diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
               << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;

    CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = 0;
    if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
      // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
      // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
      // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
    } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
    } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
      if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
                               diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
        if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
          PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
      }
    }

    // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
    //   [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
    //   delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
    //   (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
    //   of the delete-expression. ]

    if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
          << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
      ArrayForm = true;
    }

    DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                      ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);

    if (PointeeRD) {
      if (!UseGlobal &&
          FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
                                   OperatorDelete))
        return ExprError();

      // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
      // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
      if (ArrayForm) {
        // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
        // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
        if (UseGlobal)
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
            doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);

        // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
        // function we just found.
        else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
      }

      if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
        if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
          MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
                                    const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
          if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
            return ExprError();
        }

      // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
      //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
      //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
      //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
      //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
      //   behavior is undefined.
      //
      // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
      if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
        CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor();
        if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) {
          if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
            // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
            // sure the code has undefined behavior.
            Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor)
                << PointeeElem;
          } else if (!ArrayForm) {
            // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
            // but not necessarily wrong.
            Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
          }
        }
      }

    }

    if (!OperatorDelete)
      // Look for a global declaration.
      OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
          StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) &&
                    (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
                     Pointee.isDestructedType()),
          DeleteName);

    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
    
    // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
    if (PointeeRD) {
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
          CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 
                      PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
      }
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
                                           ArrayFormAsWritten,
                                           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
                                           OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
}

/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
                                        SourceLocation StmtLoc,
                                        bool ConvertToBoolean) {
  if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();

  // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
  //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
  if (T->isFunctionType())
    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
                       << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
  else if (T->isArrayType())
    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
                     << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());

  ExprResult Condition =
    Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
                              SourceLocation(),
                              ConditionVar,
                              /*enclosing*/ false,
                              ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                              ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
                              VK_LValue));

  MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));

  if (ConvertToBoolean) {
    Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
    if (Condition.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  return Condition;
}

/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
  // C++ 6.4p4:
  // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
  // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
  // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
  // program is ill-formed.
  // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
  // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
  //
  return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
}

/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
/// respectively).
bool
Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
  // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
  if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
    From = Cast->getSubExpr();

  // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
  // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
  // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
  // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
  if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
    if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
      if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
          = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
        // This conversion is considered only when there is an
        // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
        if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
          switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
            case StringLiteral::UTF8:
            case StringLiteral::UTF16:
            case StringLiteral::UTF32:
              // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
              break;
            case StringLiteral::Ascii:
              return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
                      ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
            case StringLiteral::Wide:
              return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
          }
        }
      }

  return false;
}

static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
                                       SourceLocation CastLoc,
                                       QualType Ty,
                                       CastKind Kind,
                                       CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                       bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                                       Expr *From) {
  switch (Kind) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
  case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
    SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;

    if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
      return ExprError();

    if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
      return ExprError();

    S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
                             InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
                             Constructor->getAccess());

    ExprResult Result
      = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
                                ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
                                /*ListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
                                CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
  }

  case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
    assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");

    // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
    CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
                                                 HadMultipleCandidates);
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
    Result = S.Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context,
                                              Result.get()->getType(),
                                              CK_UserDefinedConversion,
                                              Result.get(), 0,
                                              Result.get()->getValueKind()));

    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ 0, FoundDecl);

    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
  }
  }
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
/// used in the error message.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
                                AssignmentAction Action, 
                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
    ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
                                               Action, CCK);
    if (Res.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = Res.take();
    break;
  }

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {

      FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
      CastKind CastKind;
      QualType BeforeToType;
      assert(FD && "FIXME: aggregate initialization from init list");
      if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
        CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;

        // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
        // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
        // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
        BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
      } else {
        const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
        CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
        // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
        if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
          // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
          // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
          // type required by the argument of the constructor
          BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
        }
      }
      // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
      if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
        ExprResult Res =
          PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
                                    ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
                                    CCK);
        if (Res.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        From = Res.take();
      }

      ExprResult CastArg
        = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
                               From->getLocStart(),
                               ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                               CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
                               ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
                               ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
                               From);

      if (CastArg.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      From = CastArg.take();

      return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
                                       AA_Converting, CCK);
  }

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
    ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
                          PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
                            << From->getSourceRange());
     return ExprError();

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
    llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Everything went well.
  return Owned(From);
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
/// conversion, for use in error messages.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
                                AssignmentAction Action, 
                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
  bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
  
  // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
  // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
  // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
  // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  
  if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
    // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
    assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
    if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
      SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
      if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
                                  From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                  ConstructorArgs))
        return ExprError();
      return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                   ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
                                   ConstructorArgs,
                                   /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
                                   /*ListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
                                   CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
                                   SourceRange());
    }
    return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
                                 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
                                 /*ListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
                                 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
                                 SourceRange());
  }

  // Resolve overloaded function references.
  if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
    DeclAccessPair Found;
    FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
                                                          true, Found);
    if (!Fn)
      return ExprError();

    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
      return ExprError();

    From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
    FromType = From->getType();
  }

  // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
  // non-atomic type.
  QualType ToAtomicType;
  if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
    ToAtomicType = ToType;
    ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
  }

  // Perform the first implicit conversion.
  switch (SCS.First) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
    assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
    FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
    ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
    assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
    From = FromRes.take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
    FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
    FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
  }

  // Perform the second implicit conversion
  switch (SCS.Second) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();
    // Nothing else to do.
    break;

  case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
  case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
    if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
      assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
             SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
             "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    } else {
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    }
    break;

  case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
  case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
  case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
    QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
    QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
    CastKind CK;
    if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
      if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
        CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
      else
        CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
    } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
      CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
    } else {
      CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
    }
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Floating_Integral:
    if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    else
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
  case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
    if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
      // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
      if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
          << ToType << From->getType() << Action
          << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
      else
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
          << From->getType() << ToType << Action
          << From->getSourceRange() << 0;

      if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
          ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
        EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
    } 
    else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
             !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 
                                                    From->getType())) {
      if (Action == AA_Initializing)
        Diag(From->getLocStart(), 
             diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
      else
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 
          << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 
          << From->getSourceRange();
    }
             
    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
      return ExprError();

    // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
    // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
    if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
      ExprResult E = From;
      (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
      From = E.take();
    }
    if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
      CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
             .take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
      return ExprError();
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
             .take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
    // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
    if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
      FromType = Context.FloatTy;
    }

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
                             ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
                                     ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                                     From->getLocStart(),
                                     From->getSourceRange(),
                                     &BasePath,
                                     CStyle))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                      CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
                      &BasePath, CCK).take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Vector_Splat:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Complex_Real:
    // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
    if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
      QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();

      // x -> y
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
        // do nothing
      } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
      } else {
        assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
      }
      // y -> _Complex y
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
                                     : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();

    // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
    } else {
      const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
      assert(FromComplex);

      QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();

      // _Complex x -> x
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
                                     : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();

      // x -> y
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
        // do nothing
      } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
      } else {
        assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
      }
    }
    break;
  
  case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;
  }
      
  case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
    ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
    Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
      CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
    if (FromRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = FromRes.take();
    assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
            "Improper transparent union conversion");
    (void)ConvTy;
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                             CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
                             From->getValueKind()).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Qualification:
  case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
  }

  switch (SCS.Third) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case ICK_Qualification: {
    // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
    // target type isn't a reference.
    ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
                                  From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
                             CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();

    if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
        !getLangOpts().WritableStrings)
      Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
        << ToType.getNonReferenceType();

    break;
  }

  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
  }

  // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
  // that conversion now.
  if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
    assert(Context.hasSameType(
        ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
                             VK_RValue, 0, CCK).take();
  }

  return Owned(From);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     ParsedType Ty,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
  QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);

  if (!TSInfo)
    TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
  return BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UTT, KWLoc, TSInfo, RParen);
}

/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
///
/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
/// returns true.
static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
                                                UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
                                                SourceLocation Loc,
                                                QualType ArgTy) {
  // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
  //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
  //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
  //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
  //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
  //   must be a complete type.
  // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
  // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
  // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
  switch (UTT) {
    // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
    // Fall-through

    // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
    // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
    // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
    // impacted by the completeness of the type.
  case UTT_IsVoid:
  case UTT_IsIntegral:
  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
  case UTT_IsArray:
  case UTT_IsPointer:
  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
  case UTT_IsEnum:
  case UTT_IsUnion:
  case UTT_IsClass:
  case UTT_IsFunction:
  case UTT_IsReference:
  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
  case UTT_IsFundamental:
  case UTT_IsObject:
  case UTT_IsScalar:
  case UTT_IsCompound:
  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
    // Fall-through

    // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
    // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
    // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
    // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
    // Table 49.
  case UTT_IsConst:
  case UTT_IsVolatile:
  case UTT_IsSigned:
  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
    return true;

    // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
    // applied to a complete type.
  case UTT_IsTrivial:
  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
  case UTT_IsPOD:
  case UTT_IsLiteral:
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
    // Fall-through

  // These traits require a complete type.
  case UTT_IsFinal:
  case UTT_IsSealed:

    // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
    // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
    // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
    // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
    // requiring the complete type.
  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
    // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
    QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
    if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
      ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();

    // The void type is expressly allowed.
    if (ElTy->isVoidType())
      return true;

    return !S.RequireCompleteType(
      Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Type trait not handled by switch");
}

static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                               Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 
                               bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
{
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
  if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
    return true;

  DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
  LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
    bool FoundOperator = false;
    Res.suppressDiagnostics();
    for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
         Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
      if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
        continue;

      CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
      if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
        FoundOperator = true;
        const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
          Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
        CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context))
          return false;
      }
    }
    return FoundOperator;
  }
  return false;
}

static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
                                   SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");

  ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
  switch(UTT) {
    // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
  case UTT_IsVoid:
    return T->isVoidType();
  case UTT_IsIntegral:
    return T->isIntegralType(C);
  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
    return T->isFloatingType();
  case UTT_IsArray:
    return T->isArrayType();
  case UTT_IsPointer:
    return T->isPointerType();
  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
    return T->isLValueReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
    return T->isRValueReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
    return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
    return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
  case UTT_IsEnum:
    return T->isEnumeralType();
  case UTT_IsUnion:
    return T->isUnionType();
  case UTT_IsClass:
    return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
  case UTT_IsFunction:
    return T->isFunctionType();

    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
  case UTT_IsReference:
    return T->isReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
    return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
  case UTT_IsFundamental:
    return T->isFundamentalType();
  case UTT_IsObject:
    return T->isObjectType();
  case UTT_IsScalar:
    // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
    // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
    // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
    // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
      switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
      case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
        return true;

      case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
        return false;
      }
    }
      
    return T->isScalarType();
  case UTT_IsCompound:
    return T->isCompoundType();
  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
    return T->isMemberPointerType();

    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
    // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
  case UTT_IsConst:
    return T.isConstQualified();
  case UTT_IsVolatile:
    return T.isVolatileQualified();
  case UTT_IsTrivial:
    return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
    return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
    return T->isStandardLayoutType();
  case UTT_IsPOD:
    return T.isPODType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsLiteral:
    return T->isLiteralType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isPolymorphic();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isAbstract();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isInterface();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsFinal:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsSealed:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>())
        return FA->isSpelledAsSealed();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsSigned:
    return T->isSignedIntegerType();
  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
    return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();

    // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
    // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
    // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
    // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
    // specifications.
    //
    //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
    //
    // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
    // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
    // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
    // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
    // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
    // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
    //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
    //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
    //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
    //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
    //   is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
    //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
    //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
    //   true, else it is false.
    // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
    // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
    // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
    // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
    // [class.copy]p12).

    if (T.isConstQualified())
      return false;
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
    //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
    //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
    //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
      return true;
      
    // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 
        T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
      return true;
      
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
    return false;
  // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
    //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
    //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
    //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
      return false;
    if (T->isReferenceType())
      return false;
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;

    if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
                                &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;

    if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
                                &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
    //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
    //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
          !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
        return true;

      bool FoundConstructor = false;
      unsigned FoundTQs;
      DeclContext::lookup_const_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
      for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con = R.begin(),
           ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
        // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
        // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
        // resolution point.
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
          continue;
        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
        if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
          FoundConstructor = true;
          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
          if (!CPT)
            return false;
          // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1)
            return false;
        }
      }

      return FoundConstructor;
    }
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
    //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
    //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
    //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
          !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
        return true;

      DeclContext::lookup_const_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
      for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con = R.begin(),
           ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
        // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
          continue;
        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
        if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
          if (!CPT)
            return false;
          // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
          return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
        }
      }
    }
    return false;
  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
    //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
        return Destructor->isVirtual();
    return false;

    // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
    // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
    //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
    // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
    //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
    //   function call.
    return !T->isIncompleteType();
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Type trait not covered by switch");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
  if (!CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T))
    return ExprError();

  bool Value = false;
  if (!T->isDependentType())
    Value = EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T);

  return Owned(new (Context) UnaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, UTT, TSInfo, Value,
                                                RParen, Context.BoolTy));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      ParsedType LhsTy,
                                      ParsedType RhsTy,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo;
  QualType LhsT = GetTypeFromParser(LhsTy, &LhsTSInfo);
  if (!LhsTSInfo)
    LhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(LhsT);

  TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo;
  QualType RhsT = GetTypeFromParser(RhsTy, &RhsTSInfo);
  if (!RhsTSInfo)
    RhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(RhsT);

  return BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BTT, KWLoc, LhsTSInfo, RhsTSInfo, RParen);
}

/// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
/// ARC mode.
static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
  switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
  case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
    return false;

  case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
    return true;

  case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
    return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
}

static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                              ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  switch (Kind) {
  case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
    //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
    //
    //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
    //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
    //     no operation that is not trivial.
    //
    //   The predicate condition for a template specialization 
    //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 
    //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 
    //   variable t:
    //
    //     T t(create<Args>()...);
    if (Args.empty()) {
      S.Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_type_trait_arity)
        << 1 << 1 << 1 << (int)Args.size();
      return false;
    }

    // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
    // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
    // unknown bound.
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
      QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
      if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
        continue;

      if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
        return false;
    }

    // Make sure the first argument is a complete type.
    if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
      return false;

    SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
    SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
    ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
    for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
      QualType T = Args[I]->getType();
      if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType())
        T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
      OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
        OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 
                        T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(T)));
      ArgExprs.push_back(&OpaqueArgExprs.back());
    }
    
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
    InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
                                                                 RParenLoc));
    InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
    if (Init.Failed())
      return false;
    
    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
      return false;

    // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
    // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
    if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
        hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType()))
      return false;

    // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
    // calls.
    return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
  }
  }
  
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 
                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  bool Dependent = false;
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
      Dependent = true;
      break;
    }
  }
  
  bool Value = false;
  if (!Dependent)
    Value = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
  
  return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, Context.BoolTy, KWLoc, Kind,
                               Args, RParenLoc, Value);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 
                                ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
  ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
  
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
    
    ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);    
  }
  
  return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
}

static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
                                    QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT,
                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
  assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
         "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");

  switch(BTT) {
  case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
    // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
    // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
    // regard to cv-qualifiers.

    const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!lhsRecord) return false;

    const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!rhsRecord) return false;

    assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
             == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));

    if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
      return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();

    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
    //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
    //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
    //   complete type.
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 
                          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;

    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
      ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
  }
  case BTT_IsSame:
    return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
  case BTT_TypeCompatible:
    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                           RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
  case BTT_IsConvertible:
  case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
    // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
    //   Given the following function prototype:
    //
    //     template <class T> 
    //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
    //
    //   the predicate condition for a template specialization 
    //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 
    //   the return expression in the following code would be 
    //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
    //   type of the function:
    //
    //     To test() { 
    //       return create<From>();
    //     }
    //
    //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 
    //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 
    //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
    //   is considered.
    //
    // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
    // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
    // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).

    // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
    if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
      return false;

    // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
    if (RhsT->isVoidType())
      return LhsT->isVoidType();

    // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) ||
        Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0))
      return false;

    // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);

    // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
    OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
    Expr *FromPtr = &From;
    InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 
                                                           SourceLocation()));
    
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
    if (Init.Failed())
      return false;

    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
    return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
  }
      
  case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
    //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
    //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
    //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
    //
    //   is_assignable is defined as:
    //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 
    //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
    //
    //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 
    //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
    if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;
    if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;

    // cv void is never assignable.
    if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
      return false;

    // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 
    // declval<U>().
    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
    if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
      RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
    OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
    OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
    
    // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/0, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, &Rhs);
    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
      return false;

    // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
    // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
    if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
        hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
      return false;

    return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo,
                                      TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  QualType LhsT = LhsTSInfo->getType();
  QualType RhsT = RhsTSInfo->getType();

  if (BTT == BTT_TypeCompatible) {
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
      Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
        << SourceRange(KWLoc, RParen);
      return ExprError();
    }
  }

  bool Value = false;
  if (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType())
    Value = EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(*this, BTT, LhsT, RhsT, KWLoc);

  // Select trait result type.
  QualType ResultType;
  switch (BTT) {
  case BTT_IsBaseOf:       ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
  case BTT_IsConvertible:  ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
  case BTT_IsSame:         ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
  case BTT_TypeCompatible: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
  case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
  case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) BinaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, BTT, LhsTSInfo,
                                                 RhsTSInfo, Value, RParen,
                                                 ResultType));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     ParsedType Ty,
                                     Expr* DimExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
  QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
  if (!TSInfo)
    TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);

  return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
}

static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                           QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
                                           SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");

  switch(ATT) {
  case ATT_ArrayRank:
    if (T->isArrayType()) {
      unsigned Dim = 0;
      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
        ++Dim;
        T = AT->getElementType();
      }
      return Dim;
    }
    return 0;

  case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
    llvm::APSInt Value;
    uint64_t Dim;
    if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
          diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
          false).isInvalid())
      return 0;
    if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
      Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
        << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
      return 0;
    }
    Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();

    if (T->isArrayType()) {
      unsigned D = 0;
      bool Matched = false;
      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
        if (Dim == D) {
          Matched = true;
          break;
        }
        ++D;
        T = AT->getElementType();
      }

      if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
        if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
          return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
      }
    }
    return 0;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
                                     Expr* DimExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  QualType T = TSInfo->getType();

  // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
  // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
  uint64_t Value = 0;
  if (!T->isDependentType())
    Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);

  // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
  // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
  // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
  // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
  // important distinction.
  return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
                                                DimExpr, RParen,
                                                Context.getSizeType()));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      Expr *Queried,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
  if (!Queried)
    return ExprError();

  ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);

  return Result;
}

static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
  switch (ET) {
  case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
  case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      Expr *Queried,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
  } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
    if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
  }

  bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);

  return Owned(new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value,
                                                 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
}

QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                            ExprValueKind &VK,
                                            SourceLocation Loc,
                                            bool isIndirect) {
  assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
         !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
         "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");

  // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
  if (isIndirect) {
    LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
    if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
  }

  // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
  RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
  if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();

  const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
  //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
  //   class type) [...]
  QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
  const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  if (!MemPtr) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
      << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);

  // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
  // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
  // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
  // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
  // likely to be considered a defect.

  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
  //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
  //   such a class]
  QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
  if (isIndirect) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
      LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    else {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
        << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
      return QualType();
    }
  }

  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
    // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
    if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
                            OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
      return QualType();
    }
    CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
                       /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
    // FIXME: Would it be useful to print full ambiguity paths, or is that
    // overkill?
    if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class, Paths) ||
        Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Class))) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
        << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
      return QualType();
    }
    // Cast LHS to type of use.
    QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
    ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();

    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
                            &BasePath);
  }

  if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
    // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
    // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
     return QualType();
  }

  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
  //   second operand.
  // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
  // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
  QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
  Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());

  // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
  //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
  //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
  //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
  //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
  //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
  if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
    switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
    case RQ_None:
      // Do nothing
      break;

    case RQ_LValue:
      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
          << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      break;

    case RQ_RValue:
      if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
          << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      break;
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
  //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
  //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
  //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
  //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
  //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
  //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
  if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
    VK = VK_RValue;
    return Context.BoundMemberTy;
  } else if (isIndirect) {
    VK = VK_LValue;
  } else {
    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
  }

  return Result;
}

/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
/// as such.
static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
                                SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
                                bool &HaveConversion,
                                QualType &ToType) {
  HaveConversion = false;
  ToType = To->getType();

  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
                                                           SourceLocation());
  // C++0x 5.16p3
  //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
  //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
  //   as follows:
  //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
  bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
  if (ToIsLvalue) {
    //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
    //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
    //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
    QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);

    InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
    if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
      ToType = T;
      HaveConversion = true;
      return false;
    }

    if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
      return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
  }

  //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
  //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
  //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
  QualType FTy = From->getType();
  QualType TTy = To->getType();
  const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
  const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
  bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
  if (FRec && TRec &&
      (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
    //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
    //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
    //         [cv2 > cv1].
    if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
      if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
        InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
        InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
        if (InitSeq) {
          HaveConversion = true;
          return false;
        }

        if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
          return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
      }
    }

    return false;
  }

  //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
  //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
  //        an rvalue).
  //
  // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
  // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
  if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
    TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();

  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
  HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
  ToType = TTy;
  if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
    return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);

  return false;
}

/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
/// conversion to a common type.
static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                    SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
  Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
                                    CandidateSet);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
    case OR_Success: {
      // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
      ExprResult LHSRes =
        Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
                                       Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
      if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
        break;
      LHS = LHSRes;

      ExprResult RHSRes =
        Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
                                       Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
      if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
        break;
      RHS = RHSRes;
      if (Best->Function)
        Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
      return false;
    }
    
    case OR_No_Viable_Function:

      // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
      // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
      // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
      if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
        return true;

      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return true;

    case OR_Ambiguous:
      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
      // the viable candidates.
      break;

    case OR_Deleted:
      llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
  }
  return true;
}

/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
/// TryClassUnification.
static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
                                                           SourceLocation());
  Expr *Arg = E.take();
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return true;

  E = Result;
  return false;
}

/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
///
/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
                                           ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
                                           ExprObjectKind &OK,
                                           SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
  // interface pointers.

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
  //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
  if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
    if (CondRes.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    Cond = CondRes;
  }

  // Assume r-value.
  VK = VK_RValue;
  OK = OK_Ordinary;

  // Either of the arguments dependent?
  if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
    return Context.DependentTy;

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
  //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
  QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
  bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
  bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
  if (LVoid || RVoid) {
    //   ... then the [l2r] conversions are performed on the second and third
    //   operands ...
    LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
    RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();

    // Finish off the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion by copy-initializing a
    // temporary if necessary. DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion doesn't
    // do this part for us.
    ExprResult &NonVoid = LVoid ? RHS : LHS;
    if (NonVoid.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&
        NonVoid.get()->isGLValue()) {
      if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, NonVoid.get()->getType(),
                             diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
        return QualType();
      InitializedEntity Entity =
          InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(NonVoid.get()->getType());
      NonVoid = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), NonVoid);
      if (NonVoid.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
    }

    LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    RTy = RHS.get()->getType();

    //   ... and one of the following shall hold:
    //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-
    //      expression; the result is of the type of the other and is a prvalue.
    bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts());
    bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts());
    if (LThrow && !RThrow)
      return RTy;
    if (RThrow && !LThrow)
      return LTy;

    //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
    //      type void and is a prvalue.
    if (LVoid && RVoid)
      return Context.VoidTy;

    // Neither holds, error.
    Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
      << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
      << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  // Neither is void.

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
  //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
  //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
  //   those operands to the type of the other.
  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
      (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
    ImplicitConversionSequence ICSLeftToRight, ICSRightToLeft;
    // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
    QualType L2RType, R2LType;
    bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
    if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
      return QualType();
    if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
      return QualType();

    //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
    if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
        << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }

    //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
    //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
    //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
    if (HaveL2R) {
      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    } else if (HaveR2L) {
      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
    }
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
  //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
  //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
  //   operands to the type of the other.
  ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
  ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
      Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
      LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
    // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
    // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
    // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
    Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
    Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
    if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    }
    else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
    }
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
  //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
  //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
  //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
  //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
  // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
  // l-values.
  bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
  if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
      LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
      RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
    if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
        RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
      OK = OK_BitField;
    return LTy;
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
  //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
  //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
  if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
    //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
    //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
    //   program is ill-formed.
    if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
      return QualType();
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
  //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
  //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
  LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
  RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
  if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  RTy = RHS.get()->getType();

  //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
  //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
  //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
  //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
  //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
  //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
  if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
    if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
      // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
      if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
        return QualType();
      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);

      ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                     SourceLocation(),
                                                     LHS);
      if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
        return QualType();

      ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                     SourceLocation(),
                                                     RHS);
      if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
        return QualType();

      LHS = LHSCopy;
      RHS = RHSCopy;
    }

    return LTy;
  }

  // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
  if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);

  //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
  //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
  //      common type, and the result is of that type.
  if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
    UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    return LHS.get()->getType();
  }

  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
  //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
  //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
  //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
  //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
  //      pointer type.
  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
  //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
  //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
  //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
  //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
  //      operand. The result is of the common type.
  bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
  QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
                              isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
  if (!Composite.isNull()) {
    if (NonStandardCompositeType)
      Diag(QuestionLoc,
           diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
        << LTy << RTy << Composite
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();

    return Composite;
  }

  // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
  Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
  if (!Composite.isNull())
    return Composite;

  // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
  if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
    return QualType();

  Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
    << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
    << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
///
/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @@p E1
/// and @@p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
/// type and returns it.
/// It does not emit diagnostics.
///
/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
///
/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
/// will be set true.
QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
                                        Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
                                        bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
  if (NonStandardCompositeType)
    *NonStandardCompositeType = false;

  assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
  QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();

  // C++11 5.9p2
  //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
  //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
  //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
  //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
  //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
  if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
      !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
    if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
        E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
      return T1;
    }
    if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
        E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
      return T2;
    }
    return QualType();
  }

  if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
    else
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
    return T2;
  }
  if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
    else
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
    return T1;
  }

  // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
  if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
      (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
    return QualType();

  //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
  //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
  //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
  //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
  //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
  //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
  // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
  // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
  // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
  // types are the same, we have succeeded.
  // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
  typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
  QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
      ContainingClassVector;
  ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
  QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
           Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
  unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
  do {
    const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
    if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
        (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
      Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
      Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();

      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
      if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
          Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();

      QualifierUnion.push_back(
                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
      continue;
    }

    const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
    if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
        (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
      Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
      Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();

      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
      if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
          Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();

      QualifierUnion.push_back(
                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
                                             MemPtr2->getClass()));
      continue;
    }

    // FIXME: block pointer types?

    // Cannot unwrap any more types.
    break;
  } while (true);

  if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
    // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
    // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
    // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
      if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
        QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
        *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
      }
    }
  }

  // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
  ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
    = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
  for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
         I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
         E = QualifierUnion.rend();
       I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
    Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
    if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
      // Rebuild member pointer type
      Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
                                    Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
                                    MOC->first);
      Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
                                    Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
                                    MOC->second);
    } else {
      // Rebuild pointer type
      Composite1
        = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
      Composite2
        = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
    }
  }

  // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
  InitializedEntity Entity1
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
  InitializationKind Kind
    = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
  InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
  InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);

  if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
    // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
    if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
      // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
      // Composite2 is also viable.
      InitializedEntity Entity2
        = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
      InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
      InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
      if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
        // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
        // this is an ambiguity.
        return QualType();
      }
    }

    // Convert E1 to Composite1
    ExprResult E1Result
      = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
    if (E1Result.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();

    // Convert E2 to Composite1
    ExprResult E2Result
      = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
    if (E2Result.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();

    return Composite1;
  }

  // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
  InitializedEntity Entity2
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
  InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
  InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
  if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
    return QualType();

  // Convert E1 to Composite2
  ExprResult E1Result
    = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
  if (E1Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();

  // Convert E2 to Composite2
  ExprResult E2Result
    = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
  if (E2Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();

  return Composite2;
}

ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
  if (!E)
    return ExprError();

  assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");

  // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
  if (!E->isRValue())
    return Owned(E);

  // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
  // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {

    bool ReturnsRetained;

    // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
    // called value.
    if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
      Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
      QualType T = Callee->getType();

      if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
        // Handle pointer-to-members.
        if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
          T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
        else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
          T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
      }
      
      if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
        T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
      
      const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
      assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
      ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();

    // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
    // type always produce a +1 object.
    } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
      ReturnsRetained = true;

    // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
    // we don't want any extra casts here.
    } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
               isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
      return Owned(E);

    // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
    // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
    // cases where we don't have an actual method.
    } else {
      ObjCMethodDecl *D = 0;
      if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
        D = Send->getMethodDecl();
      } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
        D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
      } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
        D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
      } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
                                        = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
        D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
      }

      ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());

      // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
      // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
      // return an object.
      if (!ReturnsRetained &&
          D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
        return Owned(E);
    }

    // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
    if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
      return Owned(E);

    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;

    CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
                                   : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
    return Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, 0,
                                          VK_RValue));
  }

  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
    return Owned(E);

  // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
  // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
  const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
  const RecordType *RT = 0;
  while (!RT) {
    switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
    case Type::Record:
      RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
      break;
    case Type::ConstantArray:
    case Type::IncompleteArray:
    case Type::VariableArray:
    case Type::DependentSizedArray:
      T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
      break;
    default:
      return Owned(E);
    }
  }

  // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
  // not processing a decltype expression.
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
    return Owned(E);

  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? 0 : LookupDestructor(RD);

  if (Destructor) {
    MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
    CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
                            << E->getType());
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
      return ExprError();

    // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
    if (Destructor->isTrivial())
      return Owned(E);

    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);

  if (IsDecltype)
    ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);

  return Owned(Bind);
}

ExprResult
Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
  if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
}

Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
  assert(SubExpr && "sub expression can't be null!");

  CleanupVarDeclMarking();

  unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
  assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
  assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
  if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
    return SubExpr;

  ArrayRef<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject> Cleanups
    = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
                         ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);

  Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
  DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();

  return E;
}

Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
  assert(SubStmt && "sub statement can't be null!");

  CleanupVarDeclMarking();

  if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
    return SubStmt;

  // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
  // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
  // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
  // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
                                                      SourceLocation(),
                                                      SourceLocation());
  Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
                                   SourceLocation());
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
}

/// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
/// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
/// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
/// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");

  // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
  //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
  // -- if the function call is either
  //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
  //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
  //      decltype-specifier,
  //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.

  // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
  // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
  if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
    ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
    if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
      return Owned(E);
    return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.take());
  }
  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
      ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
      if (RHS.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
      if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
        return Owned(E);
      return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(BO->getLHS(), RHS.take(),
                                                BO_Comma, BO->getType(),
                                                BO->getValueKind(),
                                                BO->getObjectKind(),
                                                BO->getOperatorLoc(),
                                                BO->isFPContractable()));
    }
  }

  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
  if (TopBind)
    E = TopBind->getSubExpr();

  // Disable the special decltype handling now.
  ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;

  // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
  // decltype expression.
  if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
    return Owned(E);

  // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
  CallExpr *TopCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E);
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
       I != N; ++I) {
    CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
    if (Call == TopCall)
      continue;

    if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(),
                            Call->getLocStart(),
                            Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
  // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
       I != N; ++I) {
    CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
      ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
    if (Bind == TopBind)
      continue;

    CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();

    CXXRecordDecl *RD =
      Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
    Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);

    MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
    CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
                            << Bind->getType());
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
      return ExprError();

    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
  return Owned(E);
}

/// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
                               llvm::ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
  unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
  // FIXME: Make this configurable?
  unsigned Limit = 9;
  if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
    // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
    SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
    SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
  }

  for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
    if (I == SkipStart) {
      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
             diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
          << SkipCount;
      I += SkipCount;
    } else {
      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
          << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
      ++I;
    }
  }
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
                                   bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
  // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.get();

  Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.take();

  QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
  MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
  if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
    // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
    // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
    // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
    if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
      if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
        BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();

    ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
    return Owned(Base);
  }

  // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
  //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
  //   returned, with the original second operand.
  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
    QualType StartingType = BaseType;
    bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
    bool FirstIteration = true;
    FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
    // The set of types we've considered so far.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
    SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
    CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));

    while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
      if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
          << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
          << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
        return ExprError();
      }

      Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
          S, Base, OpLoc,
          // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
          // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
          // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
          // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
          (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
              ? 0
              : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
        if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
          if (FirstIteration) {
            Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
              << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
            OpKind = tok::period;
            break;
          }
          Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
            << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
          CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
          if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : 0)) {
            Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
                 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
          }
        }
        return ExprError();
      }
      Base = Result.get();
      if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
        OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
      BaseType = Base->getType();
      CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
      if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
        return ExprError();
      }
      FirstIteration = false;
    }

    if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
        (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
      BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
  }

  // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
  // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
    BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
  
  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
  //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
  //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
  //   postfix-expression.
  //
  // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
  // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
  // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions.
  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
  } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
    ObjectType = ParsedType();
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
    return Owned(Base);
  }

  // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
  // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
  //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
  //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 
  //   the member function body.
  if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
      !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
      RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
    return ExprError();

  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
  //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
  //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
  //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
  //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
  ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
  return Base;
}

ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                                   Expr *MemExpr) {
  SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
  Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
    << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");

  return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
                       MemExpr,
                       /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
                       None,
                       /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
}

static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 
                   tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
    Base = result.take();
  }
  ObjectType = Base->getType();

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
  //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
  //   This scalar type is the object type.
  // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
  // arrow operator.
  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
      // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
        << ObjectType << true
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
      if (S.isSFINAEContext())
        return true;

      OpKind = tok::period;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                         PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();

  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
      !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
    if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && ObjectType->isVoidType())
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
    else
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
        << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
  //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
  if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
    QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
    SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
      = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
    if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
      if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
        Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
          << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
          << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
        DestructedType = ObjectType;
        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
      } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 
                                                ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
        
        if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
          // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
          // type.
        } else {
          Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
            << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
            << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
        }
        
        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
        DestructedType = ObjectType;
        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
  //   form
  //
  //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
  //
  //   shall designate the same scalar type.
  if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
    QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
    if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
        !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {

      Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
        << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
        << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

      ScopeType = QualType();
      ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
    }
  }

  Expr *Result
    = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
                                            OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
                                            SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                            ScopeTypeInfo,
                                            CCLoc,
                                            TildeLoc,
                                            Destructed);

  if (HasTrailingLParen)
    return Owned(Result);

  return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                           UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
         "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
         "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");

  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
  // record types and dependent types matter.
  ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
  if (!SS.isSet()) {
    if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
    else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
  }

  // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
  // type (with source-location information).
  QualType DestructedType;
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
    ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
                               S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
    if (!T &&
        ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
         (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
      // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
      // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
      // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
      // template instantiation time.
      Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
                                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
    } else if (!T) {
      Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
        << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
      if (isSFINAEContext())
        return ExprError();

      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
      DestructedType = ObjectType;
    } else
      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
  } else {
    // Resolve the template-id to a type.
    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                       TemplateId->NumArgs);
    TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
                                       TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
                                       TemplateId->Template,
                                       TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
                                       TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
                                       TemplateArgsPtr,
                                       TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
    if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
      DestructedType = ObjectType;
    } else
      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
  }

  // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
  // information.
  if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
    if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
      DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
                                                  SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
    Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
  }

  // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
  QualType ScopeType;
  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
      FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
      ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
                                 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
                                 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
      if (!T) {
        Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
             diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
          << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;

        if (isSFINAEContext())
          return ExprError();

        // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
        ScopeType = QualType();
      } else
        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
    } else {
      // Resolve the template-id to a type.
      TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
      TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
                                         TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
                                         TemplateId->Template,
                                         TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
                                         TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
                                         TemplateArgsPtr,
                                         TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
      if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
        // Recover by dropping this type.
        ScopeType = QualType();
      } else
        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
    }
  }

  if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
    ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
                                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation);


  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
                                   ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
                                   Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc, 
                                           const DeclSpec& DS,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());

  TypeLocBuilder TLB;
  DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
  DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);

  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
                                   0, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
                                   Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                        CXXConversionDecl *Method,
                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
  if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
      Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
    // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
    // is a LambdaExpr.
    Expr *SubE = E;
    CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
    if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
      SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
    SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
      SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
    if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
      // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
      // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
      // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
      // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
      // autoreleased.
      DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
      ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
                                                     E->getExprLoc(),
                                                     Method, E);
      if (Exp.isInvalid())
        Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
      return Exp;
    }
  }
      

  ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
                                          FoundDecl, Method);
  if (Exp.isInvalid())
    return true;

  MemberExpr *ME =
      new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
                               SourceLocation(), Context.BoundMemberTy,
                               VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
  if (HadMultipleCandidates)
    ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
  MarkMemberReferenced(ME);

  QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
  ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

  CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
    new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
                                    Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
  return CE;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
                                             CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
                                   Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
  return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
}

static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
  // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
  // according to [expr]p10:
  //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
  //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
  //   one of the following forms:
  E = E->IgnoreParens();

  //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
  if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
  if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - class member access (5.2.5),
  if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - indirection (5.3.1),
  if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
    if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
      return true;

  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
    if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
      return true;

    //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
  }

  //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
  //     operands are one of the above, or
  if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
    return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
           IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
  // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
  if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
          dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
    if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
             IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
  }

  // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
  if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
/// context that ignores the result.
ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
  if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
    E = result.take();
  }

  // C99 6.3.2.1:
  //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
  //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
  //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
  if (E->isRValue()) {
    // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
    // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
    // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
    // some clients.
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
      return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);

    return Owned(E);
  }

  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
    // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
    // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
    // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
    // conversion.
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
        E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
        IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
      ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
      if (Res.isInvalid())
        return Owned(E);
      E = Res.take();
    } 
    return Owned(E);
  }

  // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
  if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
      // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
      return Owned(E);
    }
  }

  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return Owned(E);
  E = Res.take();

  if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
    RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
                        diag::err_incomplete_type);
  return Owned(E);
}

// If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
// in a constant expression, return true.
//  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
//    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
//  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
//    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
//    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 
//    never be a constant expression.
//  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
//    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
//      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
//        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 
    ASTContext &Context) {
  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
  const VarDecl *DefVD = 0;

  // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
  if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
  assert(DefVD);
  if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
  EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
  
  Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);

  if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
    if (!Init->isValueDependent())
      return !DefVD->checkInitIsICE();
    // FIXME: We might still be able to do some analysis of Init here
    // to conclude that even in a dependent setting, Init can never
    // be a constexpr - but for now admit agnosticity.
    return false;
  } 
  return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 
}

/// \brief Check if the current lambda scope has any potential captures, and 
///  whether they can be captured by any of the enclosing lambdas that are 
///  ready to capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 
///  potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any 
///  variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 
///  need to be captured.

static void CheckLambdaCaptures(Expr *const FE, 
    LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
    
  assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());  
  assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 
  const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = 
      FE->isInstantiationDependent();
  // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 
  // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
  // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
     
  for (size_t I = 0, N = CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 
      I != N; ++I) {
    Expr *VarExpr = 0;
    VarDecl *Var = 0;
    CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
    // 
    if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 
        !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
      continue; 
    // Climb up until we find a lambda that can capture:
    //   - a generic-or-non-generic lambda call operator that is enclosed
    //     within a non-dependent context.
    unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = 0;
    if (GetInnermostEnclosingCapturableLambda(
            S.FunctionScopes, FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda,
            S.CurContext, Var, S)) {
      MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), 
          S, &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
    } 
    const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 
        VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
    if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
      // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
      // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 
      // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 
      // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
      // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
      // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
      QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
      SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
      if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 
                          DeclRefType, 0)) {
        // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
        // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
        S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 
                          DeclRefType, 0);
      }
    }
  }

  if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
    unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = 0;
    if (GetInnermostEnclosingCapturableLambda(
            S.FunctionScopes, FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda,
            S.CurContext, /*0 is 'this'*/ 0, S)) {
      S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 
          /*Explicit*/false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true,  
          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
    }
  }
  CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
}


ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
                                     bool DiscardedValue,
                                     bool IsConstexpr) {
  ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);

  if (!FullExpr.get())
    return ExprError();

  if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
    return ExprError();

  // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
  if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
      FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
    FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.take(), Context.getObjCIdType());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  if (DiscardedValue) {
    FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);

  // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 
  // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 
  // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
  // Consider the following code:
  // void f(int, int);
  // void f(const int&, double);
  // void foo() {   
  //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
  //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
  //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
  //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
  //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
  //      };
  //   };
  // }

  // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 
  // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:   
  //   void f() {
  //     const int n = 0;
  //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
  //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
  //     };
  //   }
  // 
  // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 
  // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 
  // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 
  // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.

  LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
  // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 
  // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
  // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.  
  // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
  // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
  // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 
  // PR, a proper fix would entail :
  //   "Alternative suggestion:
  //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 
  //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 
  //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 
  //     constructor/destructor.
  //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 
  //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 
  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 
  if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 
      CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
    CheckLambdaCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, *this);
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
}

StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
  if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();

  return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
}

Sema::IfExistsResult 
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
  DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
  if (!TargetName)
    return IER_DoesNotExist;
  
  // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
  if (TargetName.isDependentName())
    return IER_Dependent;
  
  // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
  LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
                 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
  LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
  R.suppressDiagnostics();
  
  switch (R.getResultKind()) {
  case LookupResult::Found:
  case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
  case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
  case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
    return IER_Exists;
    
  case LookupResult::NotFound:
    return IER_DoesNotExist;
    
  case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
    return IER_Dependent;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
}

Sema::IfExistsResult 
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                                   bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   UnqualifiedId &Name) {
  DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
  
  // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
  SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
  collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
  collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
  if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
    DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
                                     IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 
                                               : UPPC_IfNotExists, 
                                     Unexpanded);
    return IER_Error;
  }
  
  return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
}
@


1.1.1.1
log
@Import Clang 3.4rc1 r195771.
@
text
@@


1.1.1.2
log
@Import clang 3.4rc2 r196603.
Many bug fixes and improvements for the driver NetBSD/ARM EABI.
@
text
@d5932 1
a5932 2
                                     bool IsConstexpr, 
                                     bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
d5937 2
a5938 18
 
  // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 
  // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 
  // containing full-expression is done).
  // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
  //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
  //     return a;
  //   }() ...);
  // }
  // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
  // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
  // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
  // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
  // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
  // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
  // parser/instantiation has got to).
  if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 
      DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
@


1.1.1.3
log
@Import clang 3.5svn r198450.
@
text
@d120 1
a120 1
    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
a335 28
bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);

  if (!SS.isValid())
    return false;

  switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
    // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
    // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
    // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
    // case where the scope is dependent.
    Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
      << SS.getScopeRep();
    return true;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    return false;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
}

d1228 3
a1230 2
      assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");

d2209 2
a2210 1
  Operator = 0;
d2360 1
a2360 1
        else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
d3059 12
d3077 2
a3078 1
static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
a3090 1
  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
d3177 1
d3216 1
a3216 1
static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
a3221 1
  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
d3553 35
a3608 3
static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);

a3611 7
  if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
    return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());

  if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
    return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
                                   Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);

d3627 5
a3631 1
    assert(!Args.empty());
a3689 1
    default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
a3697 6
  QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();

  if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
                               *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
    return ExprError();

d3705 2
a3706 2

  bool Result = false;
d3708 4
a3711 4
    Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);

  return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
                               RParenLoc, Result);
d3714 2
a3715 2
ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
d3728 1
a3728 1

d3732 3
a3734 2
static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
a3890 1
    default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
d3895 36
d4121 6
a4126 2

    if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) {
a4130 8

    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
                                     SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
                                                 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
                                     &BasePath))
      return QualType();

d4134 3
d4460 1
d5027 1
a5027 1
  assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
d5048 1
a5048 1
  assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
d5854 6
a5859 9
/// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 
/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 
/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 
/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any 
/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 
/// need to be captured.

static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
    Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
d5861 3
d5866 3
a5868 9
  assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 
      "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");

  const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();

  ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
      S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
  
  // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
d5871 3
a5873 3
  const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
      CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
d5877 2
a5878 12
    // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
    // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 
    // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
    // For e.g.:
    // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
    // int test() {
    //   const int x = 10;
    //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
    //     (void) +x + a;
    //   };
    // }
    if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
d5880 10
a5889 10
      continue;

    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
    // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
      MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
                         &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
a5915 1
  // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
d5917 7
a5923 9
    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
    // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ 0, S)) {
      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
      S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
                            /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
                            &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
a5925 2

  // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
d6022 3
a6024 3
  //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
  if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
d6026 1
a6026 2
    CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
                                                              *this);
@


1.1.1.4
log
@Import Clang 3.5svn r199312
@
text
@d457 1
a457 1
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
d1653 1
a1653 1
    bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
d5073 1
a5073 1
  if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
d5348 1
a5348 1
    if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
@


1.1.1.5
log
@Import Clang 3.5svn r201163.
@
text
@d212 1
a212 2
        return CreateParsedType(T,
                                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
d248 1
a248 3
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
d267 1
a267 3
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
d278 1
a278 3
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
d1738 2
a1739 2
      for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
        ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
d1793 1
a1793 1
             "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
d2061 2
a2062 1
            Func->addAttr(MallocAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
a2072 2
  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;

d2077 6
a2084 2
      BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
      assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
d2105 1
a2105 1
    Alloc->addAttr(MallocAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
d2108 1
a2108 1
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
a2112 2
    ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
  }
d2155 1
a2155 1
           "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
d3062 2
a3063 4
        !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
      Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
           ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
           : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
a3064 1
    }
a3156 2
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
d3220 1
a3220 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
a3421 4
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
    // FIXME: Implement UTT_IsDestructible and UTT_IsNothrowDestructible.
    // For now, let's fall through.
d3423 1
a3423 1
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
d3506 1
a3506 1
          // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
d3508 1
a3508 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
d3517 1
a3517 1
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
a3528 1
      bool FoundConstructor = false;
a3536 1
          FoundConstructor = true;
d3542 1
a3542 1
          // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
d3544 1
a3544 2
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
            return false;
a3546 1
      return FoundConstructor;
a3601 2
  case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
  case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
d3660 1
a3660 1

d3665 5
a3669 12
    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
      return true;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
      return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
      // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
      // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
      if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType()))
        return false;
d3671 3
a3673 7
      // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
      // calls.
      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
    return false;
d3828 1
a3828 2

  case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
d3874 5
a3878 2
    if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
      return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
d3880 1
a3880 12
    if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
      // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
      // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
      if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
        return false;

      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
    return false;
d4361 21
a4381 13
    //   ... one of the following shall hold:
    //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
    //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
    //      and value category of the other.
    bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
    bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
    if (LThrow != RThrow) {
      Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
      VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
      // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
      // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
      OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
      return NonThrow->getType();
d4384 13
d5637 1
a5637 1
  QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
d5796 1
a5796 1

d5800 5
a5804 3
    // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
    // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
    // initializer is a potential constant expression.
d5806 1
a5806 2
  }

@


1.1.1.6
log
@Import Clang 3.5svn r202566.
@
text
@d5085 2
a5086 5
  CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) : 0;
  if (TopCall)
    E = TopCall;
  else
    TopBind = 0;
d5097 1
@


1.1.1.6.2.1
log
@Rebase.
@
text
@a17 1
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
d109 1
a109 1
  DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
d124 1
a124 1
    // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
d127 1
a127 1
    //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
d129 1
a129 1
    //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
d131 2
a132 1
    //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
d134 8
a141 2
    // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
    // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
d147 1
a147 1
    } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
a148 2
      LookInScope = true;
    }
d151 1
a151 1
    NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
d166 2
d187 1
a187 1
  TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
d389 3
a391 2
  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d403 1
a403 1
      E = result.get();
d424 1
a424 1
        E = Result.get();
d440 1
a440 1
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
d444 3
a446 2
  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d480 1
a480 1
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
d512 3
a514 2
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d533 3
a535 2
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d556 1
a556 1
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
d577 2
a578 2
  return new (Context)
      CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
d584 1
a584 1
  return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
d636 1
a636 1
    Ex = ExRes.get();
d639 2
a640 2
  return new (Context)
      CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
d654 1
a654 1
                          E->getValueKind()).get();
d659 1
a659 1
  E = Res.get();
d695 1
a695 1
  const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
d698 1
a698 1

d701 1
a701 1
                                             /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
d707 1
a707 1
  E = Res.get();
d712 1
a712 1
    return E;
d721 1
a721 1
    return E;
d725 1
a725 1
    return E;
d729 1
a729 1
    return E;
d736 1
a736 1
  return E;
d746 1
a746 14
  if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
    if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
        CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
      // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
      // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
      // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
      // from.
      QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
      // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 
      // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
      return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
    }
  }
d758 2
a759 2

  CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
d782 1
a782 1
    = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy,
d784 1
a784 1
                        nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
d839 1
a839 1
    Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
d863 1
a863 1
  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
d907 4
a910 2
    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
                                              RParenLoc);
d966 1
a966 1
    Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
d968 1
a968 1
        CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
d1054 1
a1054 1
  Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
d1092 1
a1092 1
                 .get();
d1095 1
a1095 1
              = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
d1097 1
a1097 1
                  .get();
d1106 1
a1106 1
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
d1191 1
a1191 1
  // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
d1196 1
a1196 2
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
        (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
d1198 1
a1198 1
                            diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
d1232 1
a1232 2
  if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
      isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
d1251 1
a1251 1
    ArraySize = result.get();
d1282 3
a1284 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                             QualType T) override {
d1288 3
a1290 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
d1294 3
a1296 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1299 3
a1301 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1305 3
a1307 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
d1310 3
a1312 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1318 1
a1318 1
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1333 1
a1333 1
    ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
d1396 2
a1397 2
  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
d1416 1
d1418 4
a1421 7
        OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
                                                    : VariadicDoesNotApply;

    // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
    // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
    // argument.
a1428 1
    // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
d1506 1
a1506 1
      FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
d1508 1
a1508 1
    Initializer = FullInit.get();
d1541 7
a1547 5
  return new (Context)
      CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
                 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
                 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
                 Range, DirectInitRange);
d1682 1
a1682 1
    OperatorDelete = nullptr;
d1686 5
d1758 1
a1758 1
      FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
d1764 1
a1764 2
        if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
                                    Info))
d1834 2
a1835 16
/// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
/// in the specified scope.
///
/// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
/// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
/// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
/// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
/// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
///        translation unit.
/// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
///        Operator.
/// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
///        no allocation function was found.
/// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
///        usable.
d1855 1
a1855 1
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
d1864 1
a1864 1
                                   /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
d1881 23
a1907 1
    Operator = FnDecl;
d2007 1
a2007 1
                                        nullptr);
d2105 1
a2105 1
                         FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
d2114 3
a2116 3
                                        SourceLocation(), nullptr,
                                        Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                                        SC_None, nullptr);
d2121 3
a2124 1
  IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
d2242 1
a2242 1
  Operator = nullptr;
d2260 2
a2261 2
  ExprResult Ex = ExE;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
d2267 1
a2267 1
    Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
d2277 1
a2277 1
      bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
d2287 1
a2287 1
                                            QualType T) override {
d2292 1
a2292 1
                                               QualType T) override {
d2297 1
a2297 2
                                                 QualType T,
                                                 QualType ConvTy) override {
d2302 1
a2302 1
                                             QualType ConvTy) override {
d2308 1
a2308 1
                                              QualType T) override {
d2313 1
a2313 1
                                          QualType ConvTy) override {
d2319 1
a2319 2
                                               QualType T,
                                               QualType ConvTy) override {
d2324 1
a2324 1
    Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
d2341 1
a2341 1
    CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
d2449 4
a2452 3
  return new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
      Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
      UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
d2476 8
a2483 4
  ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
      Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
      /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
      ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
d2488 1
a2488 1
    Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
d2581 1
a2581 1
    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
d2594 5
a2598 3
    Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
                                      CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
                                      nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
d2600 1
a2600 1
    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
d2623 1
a2623 1
    From = Res.get();
d2659 1
a2659 1
        From = Res.get();
d2674 1
a2674 1
      From = CastArg.get();
d2694 1
a2694 1
  return From;
d2774 1
a2774 1
    From = FromRes.get();
d2781 1
a2781 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2787 1
a2787 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2811 1
a2811 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2821 1
a2821 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2824 1
a2824 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2831 1
a2831 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2850 1
a2850 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2857 1
a2857 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2860 1
a2860 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2865 1
a2865 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2910 1
a2910 1
      From = E.get();
d2915 1
a2915 1
             .get();
d2927 1
a2927 1
             .get();
d2934 1
a2934 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
d2940 1
a2940 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2955 1
a2955 1
                      &BasePath, CCK).get();
d2961 1
a2961 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2966 1
a2966 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2980 1
a2980 1
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
d2984 1
a2984 1
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
d2989 1
a2989 1
                                     : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
d3003 1
a3003 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3011 1
a3011 1
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3016 1
a3016 1
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3023 1
a3023 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3028 1
a3028 1
    ExprResult FromRes = From;
d3033 1
a3033 1
    From = FromRes.get();
d3043 1
a3043 1
                             From->getValueKind()).get();
d3065 1
a3065 1
                             CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3088 1
a3088 1
                             VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
d3091 1
a3091 1
  return From;
a3655 5
    // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
    CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
      return false;

d3903 1
a3903 2
    ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
                                        &Rhs);
d4013 3
a4015 2
  return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
                                          RParen, Context.getSizeType());
d4048 1
a4048 1
    return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
d4053 2
a4054 2
  return new (Context)
      ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
d4067 1
a4067 1
    LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
d4072 1
a4072 1
  RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
d4135 1
a4135 1
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
d4298 1
a4298 2
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
d4357 1
a4357 1
  Expr *Arg = E.get();
d4381 1
a4381 1
    ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
d4481 1
a4481 1
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
d4485 1
a4485 1
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
d4522 2
a4523 2
  LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
  RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
d4590 1
a4590 2
                                 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
                                                   : &NonStandardCompositeType);
d4649 1
a4649 1
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4654 1
a4654 1
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4662 1
a4662 1
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
d4664 1
a4664 1
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4669 1
a4669 1
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
d4671 1
a4671 1
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4714 1
a4714 1
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
d4809 1
a4809 1
    E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4816 1
a4816 1
    E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4834 1
a4834 1
  E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4841 1
a4841 1
  E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4854 1
a4854 1
    return E;
d4897 1
a4897 1
      return E;
d4903 1
a4903 1
      ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
d4922 1
a4922 1
        return E;
d4927 1
a4927 1
      return E;
d4933 2
a4934 2
    return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
                                    VK_RValue);
d4938 1
a4938 1
    return E;
d4943 1
a4943 1
  const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
d4956 1
a4956 1
      return E;
d4964 1
a4964 1
    return E;
d4967 1
a4967 1
  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
d4979 1
a4979 1
      return E;
d4991 1
a4991 1
  return Bind;
d4999 1
a4999 1
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
d5065 2
a5066 2
      return E;
    return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
d5074 7
a5080 4
        return E;
      return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
          BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
          BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
d5085 1
a5085 2
  CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
                              : nullptr;
d5089 1
a5089 1
    TopBind = nullptr;
d5097 1
a5097 1
    return E;
d5140 1
a5140 1
  return E;
d5180 1
a5180 1
  Base = Result.get();
d5194 1
a5194 1
    return Base;
d5227 1
a5227 1
              ? nullptr
d5241 1
a5241 1
          if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
d5284 1
a5284 1
    return Base;
d5313 1
a5313 1
  return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr,
d5325 1
a5325 1
    Base = result.get();
d5372 1
a5372 1
    else {
d5375 1
a5375 2
      return ExprError();
    }
d5435 1
a5435 1
      ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
d5449 1
a5449 1
    return Result;
d5487 1
a5487 1
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
d5542 1
a5542 1
  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
d5611 1
a5611 1
                                   nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
d5644 1
d5646 1
a5646 1
  ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
d5652 1
a5652 1
      new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
d5672 2
a5673 2
  return new (Context)
      CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
d5741 2
a5742 2
    if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
    E = result.get();
d5757 1
a5757 1
    return E;
d5770 2
a5771 2
        return E;
      E = Res.get();
d5773 1
a5773 1
    return E;
d5780 2
a5781 2
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
      return E;
d5787 2
a5788 2
    return E;
  E = Res.get();
d5793 1
a5793 1
  return E;
d5811 1
a5811 1
  const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
d5857 2
a5858 2
    Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
    VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
d5898 1
a5898 1
                          DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
d5904 1
a5904 1
                          DeclRefType, nullptr);
d5915 1
a5915 1
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
d5932 1
a5932 1
  ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
d5959 1
a5959 1
    FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
d5965 1
a5965 1
    FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
d5969 1
a5969 1
    FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
@


1.1.1.7
log
@Import Clang 3.5svn r209886.
@
text
@a17 1
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
d109 1
a109 1
  DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
d124 1
a124 1
    // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
d127 1
a127 1
    //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
d129 1
a129 1
    //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
d131 2
a132 1
    //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
d134 8
a141 2
    // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
    // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
d147 1
a147 1
    } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
a148 2
      LookInScope = true;
    }
d151 1
a151 1
    NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
d166 2
d187 1
a187 1
  TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
d389 3
a391 2
  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d403 1
a403 1
      E = result.get();
d424 1
a424 1
        E = Result.get();
d440 1
a440 1
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
d444 3
a446 2
  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d480 1
a480 1
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
d512 3
a514 2
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d533 3
a535 2
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
d556 1
a556 1
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
d577 2
a578 2
  return new (Context)
      CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
d584 1
a584 1
  return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
d636 1
a636 1
    Ex = ExRes.get();
d639 2
a640 2
  return new (Context)
      CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
d654 1
a654 1
                          E->getValueKind()).get();
d659 1
a659 1
  E = Res.get();
d695 1
a695 1
  const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
d698 1
a698 1

d701 1
a701 1
                                             /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
d707 1
a707 1
  E = Res.get();
d712 1
a712 1
    return E;
d721 1
a721 1
    return E;
d725 1
a725 1
    return E;
d729 1
a729 1
    return E;
d736 1
a736 1
  return E;
d746 1
a746 14
  if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
    if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
        CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
      // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
      // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
      // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
      // from.
      QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
      // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 
      // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
      return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
    }
  }
d758 2
a759 2

  CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
d782 1
a782 1
    = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy,
d784 1
a784 1
                        nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
d839 1
a839 1
    Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
d863 1
a863 1
  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
d907 4
a910 2
    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
                                              RParenLoc);
d966 1
a966 1
    Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
d968 1
a968 1
        CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
d1054 1
a1054 1
  Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
d1092 1
a1092 1
                 .get();
d1095 1
a1095 1
              = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
d1097 1
a1097 1
                  .get();
d1106 1
a1106 1
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
d1191 1
a1191 1
  // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
d1196 1
a1196 2
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
        (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
d1198 1
a1198 1
                            diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
d1232 1
a1232 2
  if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
      isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
d1251 1
a1251 1
    ArraySize = result.get();
d1282 3
a1284 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                             QualType T) override {
d1288 3
a1290 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
d1294 3
a1296 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1299 3
a1301 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1305 3
a1307 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
d1310 3
a1312 3

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1318 1
a1318 1
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
d1333 1
a1333 1
    ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
d1396 2
a1397 2
  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
d1416 1
d1418 4
a1421 7
        OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
                                                    : VariadicDoesNotApply;

    // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
    // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
    // argument.
a1428 1
    // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
d1506 1
a1506 1
      FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
d1508 1
a1508 1
    Initializer = FullInit.get();
d1541 7
a1547 5
  return new (Context)
      CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
                 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
                 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
                 Range, DirectInitRange);
d1682 1
a1682 1
    OperatorDelete = nullptr;
d1686 5
d1758 1
a1758 1
      FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
d1764 1
a1764 2
        if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
                                    Info))
d1834 2
a1835 16
/// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
/// in the specified scope.
///
/// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
/// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
/// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
/// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
/// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
///        translation unit.
/// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
///        Operator.
/// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
///        no allocation function was found.
/// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
///        usable.
d1855 1
a1855 1
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
d1864 1
a1864 1
                                   /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
d1881 23
a1907 1
    Operator = FnDecl;
d2007 1
a2007 1
                                        nullptr);
d2105 1
a2105 1
                         FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
d2114 3
a2116 3
                                        SourceLocation(), nullptr,
                                        Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                                        SC_None, nullptr);
d2121 3
a2124 1
  IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
d2242 1
a2242 1
  Operator = nullptr;
d2260 2
a2261 2
  ExprResult Ex = ExE;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
d2267 1
a2267 1
    Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
d2277 1
a2277 1
      bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
d2287 1
a2287 1
                                            QualType T) override {
d2292 1
a2292 1
                                               QualType T) override {
d2297 1
a2297 2
                                                 QualType T,
                                                 QualType ConvTy) override {
d2302 1
a2302 1
                                             QualType ConvTy) override {
d2308 1
a2308 1
                                              QualType T) override {
d2313 1
a2313 1
                                          QualType ConvTy) override {
d2319 1
a2319 2
                                               QualType T,
                                               QualType ConvTy) override {
d2324 1
a2324 1
    Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
d2341 1
a2341 1
    CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
d2449 4
a2452 3
  return new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
      Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
      UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
d2476 8
a2483 4
  ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
      Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
      /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
      ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
d2488 1
a2488 1
    Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
d2581 1
a2581 1
    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
d2594 5
a2598 3
    Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
                                      CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
                                      nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
d2600 1
a2600 1
    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
d2623 1
a2623 1
    From = Res.get();
d2659 1
a2659 1
        From = Res.get();
d2674 1
a2674 1
      From = CastArg.get();
d2694 1
a2694 1
  return From;
d2774 1
a2774 1
    From = FromRes.get();
d2781 1
a2781 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2787 1
a2787 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2811 1
a2811 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2821 1
a2821 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2824 1
a2824 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2831 1
a2831 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2850 1
a2850 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2857 1
a2857 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2860 1
a2860 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2865 1
a2865 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2910 1
a2910 1
      From = E.get();
d2915 1
a2915 1
             .get();
d2927 1
a2927 1
             .get();
d2934 1
a2934 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
d2940 1
a2940 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2955 1
a2955 1
                      &BasePath, CCK).get();
d2961 1
a2961 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2966 1
a2966 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d2980 1
a2980 1
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
d2984 1
a2984 1
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
d2989 1
a2989 1
                                     : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
d3003 1
a3003 1
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3011 1
a3011 1
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3016 1
a3016 1
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3023 1
a3023 1
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3028 1
a3028 1
    ExprResult FromRes = From;
d3033 1
a3033 1
    From = FromRes.get();
d3043 1
a3043 1
                             From->getValueKind()).get();
d3065 1
a3065 1
                             CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
d3088 1
a3088 1
                             VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
d3091 1
a3091 1
  return From;
a3655 5
    // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
    CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
      return false;

d3903 1
a3903 2
    ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
                                        &Rhs);
d4013 3
a4015 2
  return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
                                          RParen, Context.getSizeType());
d4048 1
a4048 1
    return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
d4053 2
a4054 2
  return new (Context)
      ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
d4067 1
a4067 1
    LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
d4072 1
a4072 1
  RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
d4135 1
a4135 1
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
d4298 1
a4298 2
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
d4357 1
a4357 1
  Expr *Arg = E.get();
d4381 1
a4381 1
    ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
d4481 1
a4481 1
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
d4485 1
a4485 1
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
d4522 2
a4523 2
  LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
  RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
d4590 1
a4590 2
                                 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
                                                   : &NonStandardCompositeType);
d4649 1
a4649 1
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4654 1
a4654 1
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4662 1
a4662 1
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
d4664 1
a4664 1
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4669 1
a4669 1
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
d4671 1
a4671 1
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
d4714 1
a4714 1
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
d4809 1
a4809 1
    E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4816 1
a4816 1
    E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4834 1
a4834 1
  E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4841 1
a4841 1
  E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
d4854 1
a4854 1
    return E;
d4897 1
a4897 1
      return E;
d4903 1
a4903 1
      ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
d4922 1
a4922 1
        return E;
d4927 1
a4927 1
      return E;
d4933 2
a4934 2
    return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
                                    VK_RValue);
d4938 1
a4938 1
    return E;
d4943 1
a4943 1
  const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
d4956 1
a4956 1
      return E;
d4964 1
a4964 1
    return E;
d4967 1
a4967 1
  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
d4979 1
a4979 1
      return E;
d4991 1
a4991 1
  return Bind;
d4999 1
a4999 1
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
d5065 2
a5066 2
      return E;
    return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
d5074 7
a5080 4
        return E;
      return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
          BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
          BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
d5085 1
a5085 2
  CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
                              : nullptr;
d5089 1
a5089 1
    TopBind = nullptr;
d5097 1
a5097 1
    return E;
d5140 1
a5140 1
  return E;
d5180 1
a5180 1
  Base = Result.get();
d5194 1
a5194 1
    return Base;
d5227 1
a5227 1
              ? nullptr
d5241 1
a5241 1
          if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
d5284 1
a5284 1
    return Base;
d5313 1
a5313 1
  return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr,
d5325 1
a5325 1
    Base = result.get();
d5372 1
a5372 1
    else {
d5375 1
a5375 2
      return ExprError();
    }
d5435 1
a5435 1
      ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
d5449 1
a5449 1
    return Result;
d5487 1
a5487 1
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
d5542 1
a5542 1
  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
d5611 1
a5611 1
                                   nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
d5644 1
d5646 1
a5646 1
  ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
d5652 1
a5652 1
      new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
d5672 2
a5673 2
  return new (Context)
      CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
d5741 2
a5742 2
    if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
    E = result.get();
d5757 1
a5757 1
    return E;
d5770 2
a5771 2
        return E;
      E = Res.get();
d5773 1
a5773 1
    return E;
d5780 2
a5781 2
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
      return E;
d5787 2
a5788 2
    return E;
  E = Res.get();
d5793 1
a5793 1
  return E;
d5811 1
a5811 1
  const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
d5857 2
a5858 2
    Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
    VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
d5898 1
a5898 1
                          DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
d5904 1
a5904 1
                          DeclRefType, nullptr);
d5915 1
a5915 1
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
d5932 1
a5932 1
  ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
d5959 1
a5959 1
    FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
d5965 1
a5965 1
    FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
d5969 1
a5969 1
    FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
@


1.1.1.8
log
@Import clang 3.6svn r215315.
@
text
@d621 1
a621 4

  if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";

d1184 8
d1481 2
a1482 1
          llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
d2081 3
a2083 2
      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
d2086 2
a2087 2
    EPI.ExceptionSpec =
        getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
d2560 5
a2564 5
    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
        CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
        ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
        /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
        CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
d2709 14
a2722 11
      return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
          /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
          ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
          /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
          CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
    }
    return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
        /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
        From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
        /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
        CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
a2910 8

    // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
    // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
    QualType FromType = From->getType();
    if (FromType->isMemberPointerType())
      if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
        RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), FromType, 0);

d3654 1
a3654 1
        OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
d3657 1
d3659 1
a3659 3
    for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
      ArgExprs.push_back(&E);

d5135 1
a5135 1
                               ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
@


1.1.1.8.2.1
log
@Update LLVM to 3.6.1, requested by joerg in ticket 824.
@
text
@a15 1
#include "TreeTransform.h"
a69 1
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
a200 1
      MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
a356 1
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
a382 3
  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);

a391 1
  bool WasEvaluated = false;
a420 1
        WasEvaluated = true;
a436 12
  if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
                     << E->getType());
  else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
           E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
    // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
    // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
    Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
                              ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
                              : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
  }

d583 1
a583 1
    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
d586 1
a586 1
    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
d588 4
a591 4
    //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
d1086 1
a1086 1
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
d1260 1
a1260 1
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
d2086 1
a2086 1
      Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
d2104 1
a2104 1
  Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
d2624 2
a2625 2
          // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
          // the type required by the argument of the constructor
d2741 1
a2741 5
    if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
      FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
      From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
                                      From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
    }
d2746 1
a2749 1
    FromType = From->getType();
d2772 4
a2775 23
    // C++ [except.spec]p5:
    //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
    //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
    //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
    //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
    switch (Action) {
    case AA_Assigning:
    case AA_Initializing:
      // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
    case AA_Passing:
    case AA_Returning:
    case AA_Sending:
    case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
      if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
        return ExprError();
      break;

    case AA_Casting:
    case AA_Converting:
      // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
      // checked for exception specification mismatches.
      break;
    }
d4560 1
a4560 1
    QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
d4563 1
a4563 5

    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));

    return ResTy;
d5004 3
a5006 2
  auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
                                     ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
d5242 1
a5242 1
      if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
d5592 1
a5592 2
  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
                                 false);
a5659 17
  // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
  // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
  // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
  ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
  if (R.isInvalid())
    return R;

  // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
  Operand = R.get();

  if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
      Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
    // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
    // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
    Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
  }

a5915 279
static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
                                  const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
                                  TypoCorrection TC) {
  LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
                 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
  const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
  CXXScopeSpec NewSS;

  // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
  if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
    NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
  else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
    NewSS = *SS;

  if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) {
    R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
    R.addDecl(ND);
    if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
      // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
      CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
      if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
        Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
      if (!Record)
        Record =
            dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
      if (Record)
        R.setNamingClass(Record);

      // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
      // member.
      bool MightBeImplicitMember;
      if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
        MightBeImplicitMember = true;
      else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
        MightBeImplicitMember = false;
      else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
        MightBeImplicitMember = false;
      else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
        MightBeImplicitMember = true;
      else
        MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
                                isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
                                isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);

      if (MightBeImplicitMember)
        return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
            NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
            /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr);
    } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
      return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
                                        Ivar->getIdentifier());
    }
  }

  return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
                                          /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
}

namespace {
class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
  llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;

public:
  explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
      : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
  bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
    TypoExprs.insert(TE);
    return true;
  }
};

class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
  typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;

  llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
  llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
  llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
  llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;

  /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
  /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
  /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
  /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
  void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
    for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
      TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
      if (State.DiagHandler) {
        TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
        ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];

        // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
        // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
        // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
        // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
        // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
        if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
                Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
          TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);

        State.DiagHandler(TC);
      }
      SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
    }
  }

  /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
  /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
  /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
  /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
  /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
  /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
  /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
  /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
  /// of corrections.
  bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
    for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
      TransformCache.erase(TE);
      if (!State.Consumer->finished())
        return true;
      State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
    }
    return false;
  }

  NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
    if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
      E = OverloadResolution[OE];

    if (!E)
      return nullptr;
    if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
      return DRE->getDecl();
    if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
      return ME->getMemberDecl();
    // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
    // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
    // contain multiple decls.
    return nullptr;
  }

  ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
    Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
    ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
    if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    return ExprFilter(Res.get());
  }

public:
  TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
      : BaseTransform(SemaRef), ExprFilter(Filter) {}

  ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                   MultiExprArg Args,
                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                   Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
    auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
                                                 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
    if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
      if (Result.isUsable()) {
        Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
        if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
          ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
        if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
          OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
      }
    }
    return Result;
  }

  ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }

  ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
    ExprResult Res;
    while (true) {
      Res = TryTransform(E);

      // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
      // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
      if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
          !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
        break;
    }

    // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
    // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
    // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
    // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
    while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
      auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
      auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
      State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
      TransformCache.erase(TE);
      if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
        State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
        TransformCache.erase(TE);
        Res = ExprError();
        break;
      }
      AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
      State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
      TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
    }

    // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
    if (!Res.isUsable())
      FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);

    EmitAllDiagnostics();

    return Res;
  }

  ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
    // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
    // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
    // first one that was encountered.
    auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
    if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
      return CacheEntry;
    }

    auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
    assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");

    // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
    // typo correction and return it.
    while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
      ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
          State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
          attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
      if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
        // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
        // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
        // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
        TypoCorrection Next;
        if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
            Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
          AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
        } else {
          AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
        }
        assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
               "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
        return CacheEntry = NE;
      }
    }
    return CacheEntry = ExprError();
  }
};
}

ExprResult Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
    Expr *E, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
  // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
  // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
  // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
  if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
      (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
       E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
    auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
    assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
    ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
    auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
    auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, Filter).Transform(E);
    ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
    TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
    if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
      ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
      return Result;
    }
    assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
  }
  return E;
}
a5962 4
  FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
  if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

@


1.1.1.9
log
@Import Clang 3.6RC1 r227398.
@
text
@a15 1
#include "TreeTransform.h"
a69 1
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
a200 1
      MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
a356 1
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
a382 3
  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);

a391 1
  bool WasEvaluated = false;
a420 1
        WasEvaluated = true;
a436 12
  if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
                     << E->getType());
  else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
           E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
    // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
    // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
    Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
                              ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
                              : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
  }

d583 1
a583 1
    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
d586 1
a586 1
    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
d588 4
a591 4
    //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
d1086 1
a1086 1
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
d1260 1
a1260 1
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
d2086 1
a2086 1
      Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
d2104 1
a2104 1
  Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
d2624 2
a2625 2
          // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
          // the type required by the argument of the constructor
d2741 1
a2741 5
    if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
      FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
      From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
                                      From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
    }
d2746 1
a2749 1
    FromType = From->getType();
d2772 4
a2775 23
    // C++ [except.spec]p5:
    //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
    //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
    //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
    //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
    switch (Action) {
    case AA_Assigning:
    case AA_Initializing:
      // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
    case AA_Passing:
    case AA_Returning:
    case AA_Sending:
    case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
      if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
        return ExprError();
      break;

    case AA_Casting:
    case AA_Converting:
      // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
      // checked for exception specification mismatches.
      break;
    }
d4560 1
a4560 1
    QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
d4563 1
a4563 5

    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));

    return ResTy;
d5004 3
a5006 2
  auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
                                     ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
d5242 1
a5242 1
      if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
d5592 1
a5592 2
  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
                                 false);
a5659 7
  if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
      Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
    // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
    // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
    Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
  }

a5915 279
static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
                                  const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
                                  TypoCorrection TC) {
  LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
                 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
  const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
  CXXScopeSpec NewSS;

  // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
  if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
    NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
  else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
    NewSS = *SS;

  if (auto *ND = TC.getCorrectionDecl()) {
    R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
    R.addDecl(ND);
    if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
      // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
      CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
      if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
        Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
      if (!Record)
        Record =
            dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
      if (Record)
        R.setNamingClass(Record);

      // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
      // member.
      bool MightBeImplicitMember;
      if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
        MightBeImplicitMember = true;
      else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
        MightBeImplicitMember = false;
      else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
        MightBeImplicitMember = false;
      else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
        MightBeImplicitMember = true;
      else
        MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
                                isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
                                isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);

      if (MightBeImplicitMember)
        return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
            NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
            /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr);
    } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
      return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
                                        Ivar->getIdentifier());
    }
  }

  return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
                                          /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
}

namespace {
class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
  llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;

public:
  explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
      : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
  bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
    TypoExprs.insert(TE);
    return true;
  }
};

class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
  typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;

  llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
  llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
  llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
  llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;

  /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
  /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
  /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
  /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
  void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
    for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
      TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
      if (State.DiagHandler) {
        TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
        ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];

        // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
        // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
        // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
        // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
        // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
        if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
                Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
          TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);

        State.DiagHandler(TC);
      }
      SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
    }
  }

  /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
  /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
  /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
  /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
  /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
  /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
  /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
  /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
  /// of corrections.
  bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
    for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
      TransformCache.erase(TE);
      if (!State.Consumer->finished())
        return true;
      State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
    }
    return false;
  }

  NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
    if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
      E = OverloadResolution[OE];

    if (!E)
      return nullptr;
    if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
      return DRE->getDecl();
    if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
      return ME->getMemberDecl();
    // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
    // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
    // contain multiple decls.
    return nullptr;
  }

  ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
    Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
    ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
    if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    return ExprFilter(Res.get());
  }

public:
  TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
      : BaseTransform(SemaRef), ExprFilter(Filter) {}

  ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                   MultiExprArg Args,
                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                   Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
    auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
                                                 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
    if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
      if (Result.isUsable()) {
        Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
        if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
          ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
        if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
          OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
      }
    }
    return Result;
  }

  ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }

  ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
    ExprResult Res;
    while (true) {
      Res = TryTransform(E);

      // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
      // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
      if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
          !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
        break;
    }

    // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
    // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
    // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
    // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
    while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
      auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
      auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
      State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
      TransformCache.erase(TE);
      if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
        State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
        TransformCache.erase(TE);
        Res = ExprError();
        break;
      }
      AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
      State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
      TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
    }

    // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
    if (!Res.isUsable())
      FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);

    EmitAllDiagnostics();

    return Res;
  }

  ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
    // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
    // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
    // first one that was encountered.
    auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
    if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
      return CacheEntry;
    }

    auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
    assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");

    // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
    // typo correction and return it.
    while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
      ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
          State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
          attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
      if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
        // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
        // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
        // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
        TypoCorrection Next;
        if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
            Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
          AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
        } else {
          AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
        }
        assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
               "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
        return CacheEntry = NE;
      }
    }
    return CacheEntry = ExprError();
  }
};
}

ExprResult Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
    Expr *E, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
  // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
  // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
  // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
  if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
      (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
       E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
    auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
    assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
    ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
    auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
    auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, Filter).Transform(E);
    ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
    TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
    if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
      ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
      return Result;
    }
    assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
  }
  return E;
}
a5962 4
  FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
  if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

@


1.1.1.10
log
@Import Clang 3.6.1.
@
text
@a5707 10
  // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
  // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
  // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
  ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
  if (R.isInvalid())
    return R;

  // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
  Operand = R.get();

@


1.1.1.11
log
@Import Clang 3.8.0rc3 r261930.
@
text
@d23 1
a115 3
  if (SS.isInvalid())
    return ParsedType();

d647 2
a648 2
    QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
    if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
d650 1
a650 28

    // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
    // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.

    // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
    //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
    //
    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
    //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
    //       catch-clause
    //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
    //       exception object
    const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
    if (IsThrownVarInScope)
      NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);

    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
        OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
        /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
    ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
        Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
    if (Res.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Ex = Res.get();
d652 1
a652 1

d657 12
a668 15
static void
collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
                   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
                   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
                   bool ParentIsPublic) {
  for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    bool NewSubobject;
    // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
    // always distinct subobjects.
    if (BS.isVirtual())
      NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
    else
      NewSubobject = true;
d670 4
a673 2
    if (NewSubobject)
      ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
a674 33
    // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
    bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
    if (PublicPath)
      PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);

    // Recurse on to each base subobject.
    collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
                       PublicPath);
  }
}

static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
    CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
  llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
  llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
  SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
  PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
  collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
                     /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);

  for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
    // Skip ambiguous objects.
    if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
      continue;

    Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
  }
}

/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
                                QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
d677 1
a677 1
  QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
d685 2
a686 2
                            isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
                                      : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
d688 1
a688 1
      return true;
d690 1
a690 1
    if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
d692 1
a692 1
      return true;
d695 28
d724 4
a727 3
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  if (!RD)
    return false;
d735 1
a735 1
    return false;
d738 2
a739 9
  if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
      MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
      CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                            PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
      if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
        return true;
    }
  }
d741 3
a743 18
  // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
  // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
  // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
  if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
    // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
    // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
    // inaccessible are not catchable types.
    llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
    getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);

    for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
      // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
      // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
      // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
      // lookup and overload resolution.
      CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
      if (!CD)
        continue;
d745 6
a750 31
      // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
      MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);

      // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
      // in the catchable type data.
      if (CD->isTrivial())
        continue;

      // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
      // type to this constructor.
      // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
      // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
      // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
      // friendship or any other means).
      Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);

      // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
      // we must rebuild them here.
      for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
        // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
        if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
          continue;

        Expr *DefaultArg =
            BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
        Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
      }
    }
  }

  return false;
a952 5
  // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
  //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
  //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
  //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
  //   an object of type T.
a960 4
  if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
    return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
                     << FullRange);

d985 5
a989 9
  if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
    // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
    // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
    // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
    //
    // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
    // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
    // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
    // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
d996 1
d1336 2
a1337 3
        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                 QualType T,
                                                 QualType ConvTy) override {
d2051 1
a2051 1
                                           bool AddRestrictAttr) {
d2074 2
a2075 3
          if (AddRestrictAttr && !Func->hasAttr<RestrictAttr>())
            Func->addAttr(RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(
                Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
d2113 3
a2115 8
  
  // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
  Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
                                                VisibilityAttr::Default));

  if (AddRestrictAttr)
    Alloc->addAttr(
        RestrictAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, RestrictAttr::GNU_malloc));
a2167 3
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
    EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);

a2198 3
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads)
    EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);

a2249 256
namespace {
/// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
public:
  enum MismatchResult {
    /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
    NoMismatch,
    /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
    VarInitMismatches,
    /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
    MemberInitMismatches,
    /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
    /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
    AnalyzeLater
  };

  /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
  /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
  /// delete-expression was encountered.
  explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
      : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
        HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}

  /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
  /// matching form of new-expression.
  ///
  /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
  /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
  /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
  /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
  /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
  /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
  /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
  MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
  /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
  /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
  /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
  /// for deleting the \p Field.
  MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
  /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
  llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
  /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
  bool IsArrayForm;
  FieldDecl *Field;

private:
  const bool EndOfTU;
  /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
  bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
  /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
  /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
  /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
  const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
  /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
  /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
  ///
  /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
  /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
  /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
  /// \c NoMismatch.
  MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
  /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
  /// \c new.
  ///
  /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
  /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
  /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
  /// \param D Variable to analyze.
  bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
  /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
  /// form of \c new.
  ///
  /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
  /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
  /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
  /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
  /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
  bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
  /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
  /// \c new in member initializer list.
  bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
  /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
  /// in-class initializer.
  MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
};
}

MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
  NewExprs.clear();
  assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
  IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
  const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
    return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
  } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
    if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
      return VarInitMismatches;
  }
  return NoMismatch;
}

const CXXNewExpr *
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
  assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
    if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
      E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
  }

  return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
}

bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
    const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
  const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
  if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
      (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
    if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
      return true;
    else
      NewExprs.push_back(NE);
  }
  return false;
}

bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
    const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
  if (CD->isImplicit())
    return false;
  const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
  if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
    HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
    return EndOfTU;
  }
  for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
    if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
      return true;
  }
  return false;
}

MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
  assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
  const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
  if (!InitExpr)
    return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
  if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
    if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
      NewExprs.push_back(NE);
      return MemberInitMismatches;
    }
  }
  return NoMismatch;
}

MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
                                           bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
  assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
  this->Field = Field;
  IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
  for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
    if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
      return NoMismatch;
  }
  if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
    return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
  if (!NewExprs.empty())
    return MemberInitMismatches;
  return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
                                        : NoMismatch;
}

MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
  assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
  if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
    return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
  return NoMismatch;
}

bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
  const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
  if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
    if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
        NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
      NewExprs.push_back(NE);
    }
  }
  return NewExprs.empty();
}

static void
DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
                            const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
  SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
  FixItHint H;
  if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
    H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
  else {
    SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
        DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
        SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
    if (RSquare.isValid())
      H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
  }
  SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
      << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;

  for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
    SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
        << Detector.IsArrayForm;
}

void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
  if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
    return;
  MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
  switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
    DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
    break;
  }
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
    DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
        std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
    break;
  }
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
    break;
  }
}

void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
                                     bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
  MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
  switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
    llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
    llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
                     "translation unit.");
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
    DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
    break;
  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
    break;
  }
}

a2357 2
      // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
      // module but is hidden.
d2365 6
d2374 1
a2374 1
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
d2439 1
a2439 1
          StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) &&
d2445 1
a2445 1

d2455 1
a2455 1
  CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
a2457 2
  AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
  return Result;
a2572 2
    if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
      return ExprError();
a2587 4
    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
    if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
      return ExprError();

d2599 2
d2631 1
a2631 1
      assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
a2758 1
  QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
d2948 4
a2951 4
    if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
      (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
      (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
    }
d2991 3
a2993 5
  case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
    // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
    Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
    From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
                             /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
a2994 1
  }
a3077 1
  case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
a3117 6
  // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
  // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
  if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
    diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
                                        From->getLocStart());

a3179 14

  // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
    return true;

  // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
  //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
    if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (!RD->isUnion())
        return !S.RequireCompleteType(
            Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
d3182 2
a3183 11
  // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
  //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
  case UTT_IsFinal:
  case UTT_IsSealed:
    if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return !S.RequireCompleteType(
          Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
    return true;

  // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
  // applied to a complete type.
d3189 4
a3192 1

d3197 4
d3344 1
a3344 1
    return T.isTrivialType(C);
d3346 1
a3346 1
    return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
d3350 1
a3350 1
    return T.isPODType(C);
d3352 1
a3352 1
    return T->isLiteralType(C);
d3359 1
a3359 1
      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
d3363 1
a3363 1
      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
a3364 3
  // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
  // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
  // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
d3366 2
d3370 3
d3375 2
a3376 1
      return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
d3403 1
a3403 1
    if (T.isPODType(C))
d3413 1
a3413 1
    if (T.isPODType(C))
d3424 1
a3424 1
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
d3434 1
a3434 1
    if (T.isPODType(C))
d3454 1
a3454 1
    if (T.isPODType(C))
d3462 2
a3463 41
    // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
    //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
    if (T->isReferenceType())
      return true;

    // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
        T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
      return true;

    // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
    //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
    //   false.
    if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
      return false;

    // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
    //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
    //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
    //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
    if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
      if (!Destructor)
        return false;
      //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
      //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
      //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
      if (Destructor->isDeleted())
        return false;
      if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
        return false;
      if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
        const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
            Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
        CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
          return false;
      }
    }
    return true;

d3471 1
a3471 1
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
d3495 1
a3495 1
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
d3508 1
a3508 1
    if (T.isPODType(C))
d3532 3
a3534 1
      for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
d3538 1
a3538 1
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
d3540 1
a3540 1
        const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
d3550 1
a3550 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
d3572 3
a3574 1
      for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
d3576 1
a3576 1
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
d3578 1
a3578 1
        const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
d3588 1
a3588 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
d3669 2
a3670 2
    for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
      QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
d3679 2
a3680 3
    // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
    QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
    if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
d3684 1
a3684 1
    CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
d3692 3
a3694 3
      QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
      if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
        ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
d3696 3
a3698 3
          OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
                          ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
                          Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
d3729 1
a3729 1
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
d3865 2
a3866 1
    if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
d4152 1
a4152 1
    if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
d4280 3
a4282 3
                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
  if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
d4598 1
a4598 3
    return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
                               /*AllowBothBool*/true,
                               /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
d5142 1
a5142 1
    if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
d5205 4
a5208 5
ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                              SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                              tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                              ParsedType &ObjectType,
                                              bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
d5314 1
a5314 4
  // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
  // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
  // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
  // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
a5315 1
    ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
a5316 1
    return Base;
d5342 14
d5396 2
a5397 1
                                         PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
d5485 4
a5488 1
  return Result;
d5498 2
a5499 1
                                           UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
d5626 1
a5626 1
                                   Destructed);
d5633 2
a5634 1
                                           const DeclSpec& DS) {
d5650 1
a5650 1
                                   Destructed);
d5688 4
a5691 3
  MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
      Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
      Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
d5995 1
a5995 1
  if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
d6028 1
a6028 1
            /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
a6054 2
  VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
                     // process of being initialized.
d6114 1
a6114 1
      return DRE->getFoundDecl();
d6116 1
a6116 1
      return ME->getFoundDecl();
d6133 2
a6134 2
  TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
      : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
a6155 2
  ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }

a6171 5
    // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
    // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
    // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
    // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
    SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
a6187 1
    SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
a6212 2
      if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
        continue;
d6237 2
a6238 3
ExprResult
Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
                                llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
d6249 1
a6249 1
    auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
@


1.1.1.11.2.1
log
@Sync with HEAD
@
text
@d116 1
a116 1
    return nullptr;
d201 1
a201 1
      return nullptr;
d295 1
a295 1

d323 1
a323 1
  return nullptr;
d328 2
a329 2
      return nullptr;
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
d336 1
a336 1

d339 1
a339 1
    return nullptr;
a510 37
/// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
/// a single GUID.
static void
getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
                  llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
  // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
  const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
  if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
    Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
  else if (QT->isArrayType())
    Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();

  const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
  if (!TD)
    return;

  if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
    UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
    return;
  }

  // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
  if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
    const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
    for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
      const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
      if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
        getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
      else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
        getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);

      if (UuidForTA)
        UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
    }
  }
}

a515 1
  StringRef UuidStr;
d517 8
a524 7
    llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
    getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
    if (UuidAttrs.empty())
      return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
      return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
    UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
d527 1
a527 1
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
a535 1
  StringRef UuidStr;
d537 6
a542 6
    if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
    } else {
      llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
      getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
      if (UuidAttrs.empty())
a543 3
      if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
d547 1
a547 1
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
d624 1
a624 1

d634 1
a634 1

d638 1
a638 1
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
a644 5
  // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
    CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
        << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();

d820 7
a826 2
        if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
          return true;
a833 86
static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
    ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
    DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {

  QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
  LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
  DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;

  // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
  // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
  // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
  // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
  // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
  // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
  // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
  // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
  //

  // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
  // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
  // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
  // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
  // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
  // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
  // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
  // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.

  for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
       I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
       CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
    CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);

    if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
        continue;

    auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();

    if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
      ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
      if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
        ClassType.addConst();
      return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
    }
  }
  // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
  // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
  if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
    assert(CurLSI);
    assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
    assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));

    auto IsThisCaptured =
        [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
      IsConst = false;
      IsByCopy = false;
      for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
        if (C.capturesThis()) {
          if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
            IsByCopy = true;
          if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
            IsConst = true;
          return true;
        }
      }
      return false;
    };

    bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
    bool IsConstCapture = false;
    CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
    while (Closure &&
           IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
      if (IsByCopyCapture) {
        ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
        if (IsConstCapture)
          ClassType.addConst();
        return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
      }
      Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
                    ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
                    : nullptr;
    }
  }
  return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
}

a836 1

d841 14
a854 23

  if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
      !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {

    assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
           "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");

    // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
    // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
    // the 'this' type from it.

    QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
    // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
    // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
    ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
  }

  // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
  // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
  // captures '*this' by copy.
  if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
    return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
                                                    CurContext, Context);
d858 1
a858 1
Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
d861 1
a861 1
                                         bool Enabled)
d872 1
a872 3

  // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
  CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
d876 1
a876 1

d887 6
a892 22
static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
                         QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
                         const bool ByCopy) {

  QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
  // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
  // copy').
  QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
  if (ByCopy) {
    // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
    // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
    // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
    CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
    CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
    AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
  }

  FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
      Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
      Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
      ICIS_NoInit);

d896 5
a900 20
  Expr *This =
      new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
  if (ByCopy) {
    Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
                                      UO_Deref,
                                      This).get();
    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
      nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
    InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
    InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
    ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
    if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
    return ER.get();
  }
  return This;
}

bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
    bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
    const bool ByCopy) {
a904 2
  assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");

d906 3
a908 26
    *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;

  // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
  // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
  // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.

  // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
  // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
  //    [*this] { ... }.
  // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
  // capture.

  // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
  // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
  // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
  // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
  // AND
  //   -- there is no enclosing closure
  //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
  //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
  //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
  //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
  //      *enclosing object*


  unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
d920 1
a920 2
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
              << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
d927 1
a927 5
          (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
        // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
        // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
        // if any, must perform implicit captures.

d929 2
a930 1
        NumCapturingClosures++;
d935 1
a935 2
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
            << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
d941 1
a941 14

  // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
  // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
  // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).

  // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
  // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
  // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
  // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
  // above)).
  assert((!ByCopy ||
          dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
         "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
         "*this) by copy");
d944 2
a945 3
  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
      --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
d948 5
a952 9

    if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
      // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
      // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
      // iteration.
      ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
                             ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);

    } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
d954 1
a954 3
      ThisExpr =
          captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
                      false/*ByCopy*/);
d956 2
a957 2
    bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
    CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
d979 1
a979 1

d999 1
a999 19
  // Handle errors like: int({0})
  if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) &&
      LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid())
    if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) {
      Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
          << Ty << IList->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc)
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
      LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation();
    }

  auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
  // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
  // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
  // checking for embedded typos.
  if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
      !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
    Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
  return Result;
d1056 4
d1093 2
a1094 127
/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
/// deallocation function.
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
    return false;

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
    return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();

  if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
      FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
    return false;

  unsigned UsualParams = 1;

  if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
      S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
          FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
          S.Context.getSizeType()))
    ++UsualParams;

  if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
      S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
          FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
          S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
    ++UsualParams;

  return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
}

namespace {
  struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
    UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
    UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
        : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
          HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
      // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
      if (!FD)
        return;
      if (FD->getNumParams() == 3)
        HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true;
      else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) {
        HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType();
        HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT;
      }

      // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
      if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
        if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
          CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
    }

    operator bool() const { return FD; }

    bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
                      bool WantAlign) const {
      // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
      //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
      //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
      //   such a parameter is preferred
      if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
        return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;

      if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
        return HasSizeT == WantSize;

      // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
      return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
    }

    DeclAccessPair Found;
    FunctionDecl *FD;
    bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
    Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
  };
}

/// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
/// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
/// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
/// not known.
static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
  return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
         S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
             S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
}

/// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
/// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
  UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;

  for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
    if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
        Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
      continue;

    if (!Best) {
      Best = Info;
      if (BestFns)
        BestFns->push_back(Info);
      continue;
    }

    if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
      continue;

    //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
    //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
    if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
      BestFns->clear();

    Best = Info;
    if (BestFns)
      BestFns->push_back(Info);
  }

  return Best;
}

/// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
/// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
/// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
/// trivially-destructible).
d1118 29
a1146 7
  // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
  //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
  //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
  auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
      S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
      /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
  return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
d1170 2
d1176 2
a1177 2
    DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
    if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType())
d1230 1
a1230 1
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
a1231 12
    // Handle errors like: new int a({0})
    if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
        !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType))
      if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) {
        Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
            << AllocType << List->getSourceRange()
            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart())
            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd());
        DirectInitRange = SourceRange();
        Initializer = IList;
      }
  }
d1242 2
a1243 1
                     Initializer);
d1275 2
a1276 1
                  Expr *Initializer) {
d1302 1
a1302 1
  if (AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
d1350 1
a1350 1
  // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
d1359 1
a1359 1

a1371 1
  llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
d1380 1
a1380 1
      if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
d1389 1
a1389 1

d1456 6
a1461 3
    // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
    // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
    // unparenthesized array type.
a1465 3
      // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
      // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
      // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
d1467 12
a1478 7
        if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
          return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
                           << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
        }

        if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
d1481 12
a1492 5
          if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
            return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                  diag::err_array_too_large)
                             << Value.toString(10)
                             << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
a1493 2

        KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
a1510 5
  unsigned Alignment =
      AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
  unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
  bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
                       Alignment > NewAlignment;
d1516 2
a1517 2
                              UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
                              PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
d1524 2
a1525 2
    UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
        doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
d1536 3
a1538 5
    // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
    // alignment; we've already filled it in.
    if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
                               PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
                               AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
d1548 1
d1550 8
a1557 7
    // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
    // global operator new.
    if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
        (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
         (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
          getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
      if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
d1560 2
a1561 2
            << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
            << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
d1565 1
d1569 16
a1584 5
  if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
    SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                          Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
    return ExprError();
a1591 13
    // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
    QualType InitType;
    if (KnownArraySize)
      InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
          AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
                                 *KnownArraySize),
          ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    else if (ArraySize)
      InitType =
          Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    else
      InitType = AllocType;

d1611 1
a1611 2
    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
                                   MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
a1618 1
    // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
d1647 1
a1647 1
        CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
d1657 1
a1657 1
      CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment,
d1696 1
a1696 1

d1700 5
a1704 13
static bool
resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range,
                          SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment,
                          FunctionDecl *&Operator,
                          OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr,
                          Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) {
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
d1706 2
a1707 7
    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
                                     Candidates,
                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }
d1709 2
a1710 16
    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
                                Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    Operator = FnDecl;
a1711 56
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
    //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
    //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
    //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
    if (PassAlignment) {
      PassAlignment = false;
      AlignArg = Args[1];
      Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
      return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
                                       Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg);
    }

    // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
    // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
    // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
    // will not replicate that bug.
    // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
    // once MSVC implements it.
    if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
        S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
      R.clear();
      R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
      S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
      // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
      return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
                                       Operator, nullptr);
    }

    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
      << R.getLookupName() << Range;

    // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
    // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
    // Candidates.
    if (AlignedCandidates) {
      auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
        return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
               C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
      };
      auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };

      // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
      // first.
      Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
      AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
                                        R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
      Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
                                IsUnaligned);
    } else {
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;
d1713 1
a1713 4
  case OR_Ambiguous:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
      << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
d1716 3
a1718 11
  case OR_Deleted: {
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
      << Best->Function->isDeleted()
      << R.getLookupName()
      << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
      << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
a1720 1

d1725 1
a1725 2
                                   bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment,
                                   MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
d1737 2
a1738 4
  SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
  AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());

  // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
a1740 1
  // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
d1745 2
a1746 12
  AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);

  QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
  if (PassAlignment) {
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
  }
  CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
  if (PassAlignment)
    AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);

  AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
d1755 3
a1757 1
      IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
d1761 5
a1765 15
  // Find the allocation function.
  {
    LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);

    // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
    //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
    //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
    //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
    //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
    if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal)
      LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());

    // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
    // multiple base classes.
    if (R.isAmbiguous())
d1767 1
d1769 10
a1778 8
    //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
    //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
    //   global scope.
    if (R.empty())
      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());

    assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
    assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
d1780 8
a1787 5
    // We do our own custom access checks below.
    R.suppressDiagnostics();

    if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
                                  OperatorNew))
d1789 1
d1792 2
a1793 1
  // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
a1798 7
  // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
  // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
  DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
      OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
          ? OO_Array_Delete
          : OO_Delete);

a1816 1
  bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
d1831 1
a1831 10
  //
  // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
  // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
  // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
  //
  // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
  // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
  // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
  bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
                        OperatorNew->isVariadic();
d1844 2
a1856 1
      // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
d1867 2
a1868 2
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
              dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
d1878 1
a1878 4
      if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
                                                  ExpectedFunctionType,
                                                  /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
                              ExpectedFunctionType))
d1881 11
a1892 3
    if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
      EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
  } else {
d1896 14
a1909 16
    //
    // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
    // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
    // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
    llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
    UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
        *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
        /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
        &BestDeallocFns);
    if (Selected)
      Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
    else {
      // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
      // but ambiguous.
      for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
d1920 3
a1922 3
    // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
    //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
    //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
d1926 1
a1926 1
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
d1928 63
a1990 26
      UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
                              DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
      // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
      //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
      //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
      //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
      bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
      if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
        auto NonSizedDelete =
            resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
                                        /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
        if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
            NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
          IsSizedDelete = false;
      }

      if (IsSizedDelete) {
        SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
                            ? SourceRange()
                            : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
                                          PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
        if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
          Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
              << DeleteName;
      }
d1993 17
a2009 12
    CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
                          Matches[0].first);
  } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
    // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
    // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
    // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
    Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
      << DeleteName << AllocElemType;

    for (auto &Match : Matches)
      Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
           diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
d2012 29
a2040 1
  return false;
d2043 1
a2110 11
  if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
    // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
    // implicitly.
    auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
        Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
        &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
    AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
    AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
    AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
    StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
  }
d2116 1
d2118 20
a2137 33
  auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
                                              QualType Return, QualType Param) {
    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
    Params.push_back(Param);

    // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
    bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
                           (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
    bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;

    int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
    int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
    for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
      if (Sized)
        Params.push_back(SizeT);

      for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
        if (Aligned)
          Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));

        DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
            Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);

        if (Aligned)
          Params.pop_back();
      }
    }
  };

  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
d2144 2
a2145 1
                                           ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
d2147 1
d2156 15
a2170 6
      if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
        llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
        for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
          FuncParams.push_back(
              Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
        if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
d2199 1
a2199 6
  auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
    QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
    FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
        Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
        FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
    Alloc->setImplicit();
d2201 13
a2213 1
    // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
d2215 1
a2215 1
        VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default));
d2217 9
a2225 13
    llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
    for (QualType T : Params) {
      ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
          Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
          /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
      ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
    }
    Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
    if (ExtraAttr)
      Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
    Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
    IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
  };
d2227 2
a2228 8
  if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
  else {
    // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
    // defined or re-declared independently.
    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
  }
a2232 1
                                                  bool Overaligned,
d2239 28
a2266 9
  // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
  // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
  // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
  // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
  auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
                                            Overaligned);
  assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
  return Result.FD;
}
d2268 2
a2269 3
FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
                                                          CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
  DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
d2271 3
a2273 11
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
  if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
    return nullptr;
  if (OperatorDelete)
    return OperatorDelete;

  // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
  // non-array delete.
  return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
      Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
      Name);
d2278 1
a2278 1
                                    FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
d2288 13
a2300 1
  bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
d2302 2
a2303 6
  // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
  //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
  //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
  llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
  resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
                              /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
d2305 1
a2305 1
  // If we could find an overload, use it.
d2307 1
a2307 1
    Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
a2308 1
    // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
d2318 1
a2318 1
                              Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
a2321 1
  }
d2323 2
a2324 4
  // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
  // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
  // is that this should never happen.
  if (!Matches.empty()) {
d2328 5
a2332 2
      for (auto &Match : Matches)
        Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
d2344 3
a2346 2
      for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
        Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
d2377 1
a2377 1
      : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
a2395 1
  FieldDecl *Field;
d2400 1
d2705 1
a2705 1
      return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
d2757 1
a2757 4
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
            UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
              .HasSizeT;
d2768 24
a2791 4
      CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
                           /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
                           /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
                           SourceLocation());
d2794 1
a2794 7
    if (!OperatorDelete) {
      bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
      bool CanProvideSize =
          IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
                         Pointee.isDestructedType());
      bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);

d2796 5
a2800 3
      OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
                                                     Overaligned, DeleteName);
    }
d2807 1
a2807 1
          CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
a2819 50
void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
                                bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
                                bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
                                SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
  if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
    return;

  // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
  //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
  //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
  //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
  //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
  //   behavior is undefined.
  //
  const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
  // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
  if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
    return;

  QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
  if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
    // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
    // sure the code has undefined behavior.
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
                                                           << ClassType;
  } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
    // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
    // but not necessarily wrong.
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
                                                  << ClassType;
  }
  if (!IsDelete) {
    std::string TypeStr;
    ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
    Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
  }
}

Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
                                                   SourceLocation StmtLoc,
                                                   ConditionKind CK) {
  ExprResult E =
      CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
  if (E.isInvalid())
    return ConditionError();
  return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
                         CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
}

d2824 1
a2824 1
                                        ConditionKind CK) {
d2848 4
a2851 9
  switch (CK) {
  case ConditionKind::Boolean:
    return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());

  case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
    return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);

  case ConditionKind::Switch:
    return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
d2854 1
a2854 1
  llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
d2858 1
a2858 1
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
d2867 1
a2867 6
  // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
  llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
  return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
             ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
                                                CCEK_ConstexprIf)
             : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
d2901 1
a2901 2
              return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
                                                QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
d2930 3
a2932 2
    S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
                             InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
d2937 1
a2937 1
        CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
d2978 1
a2978 1
                                AssignmentAction Action,
a3052 4
    bool Diagnosed =
        DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
                                 From->getType(), From, Action);
    assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
d3068 1
a3068 1
                                AssignmentAction Action,
d3071 1
a3071 1

d3077 1
a3077 1

d3088 1
a3088 2
          /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
          SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
d3094 1
a3094 2
        /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
        SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
d3145 1
a3145 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
d3151 1
a3151 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
d3188 10
d3214 1
a3214 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
d3233 1
a3233 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
d3240 1
a3240 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
d3243 1
a3243 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
d3248 1
a3248 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
d3270 1
a3270 1
    }
d3272 1
a3272 1
             !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
d3275 1
a3275 1
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
d3279 2
a3280 2
             diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
          << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
d3283 1
a3283 1

d3331 1
a3331 1
                             ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
d3352 1
a3352 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
d3397 1
a3397 1
                                     : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
d3405 1
a3405 1
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
d3410 1
a3410 1
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
d3415 1
a3415 1

d3421 1
a3421 1

a3440 6
  case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                             CK_ZeroToOCLQueue,
                             From->getValueKind()).get();
    break;

a3443 1
  case ICK_Function_Conversion:
a3446 1
  case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
a3454 10
  case ICK_Function_Conversion:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

d3624 2
a3625 2
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
d3721 1
a3721 1

d3900 1
a3900 1

d3902 1
a3902 1
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
d3905 1
a3905 1

d3963 1
a3963 1
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
d3965 1
a3965 4
        // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
        if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
          continue;
        auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
d3999 1
a3999 4
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
          continue;
        // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
        if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
d4001 1
a4001 1
        auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
d4081 3
a4083 3
    //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
    //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
    //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
d4097 1
a4097 1
      if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
d4127 1
a4127 1
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
d4166 1
a4166 1

d4170 2
a4171 2
ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
d4200 1
a4200 1

d4206 2
a4207 2

    ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
d4241 1
a4241 1
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
d4258 1
a4258 1
    //     template <class T>
d4261 3
a4263 3
    //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
    //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
    //   the return expression in the following code would be
d4267 1
a4267 1
    //     To test() {
d4271 2
a4272 2
    //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
    //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
d4301 1
a4301 1
    InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
d4303 2
a4304 2

    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
a4316 1
  case BTT_IsAssignable:
d4325 1
a4325 1
    //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
d4328 1
a4328 1
    //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
d4331 1
a4331 1
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
d4335 1
a4335 1
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
d4343 1
a4343 1
    // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
d4353 2
a4354 2

    // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
a4363 3
    if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
      return true;

d4521 2
a4522 3
  // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
  // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
  if (isIndirect)
d4524 2
a4525 4
  else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
    LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
  if (LHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
d4655 1
a4655 1
/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
d4671 1
a4671 1
  // C++11 5.16p3
d4675 7
a4681 11
  //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
  //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
  //      an lvalue.
  //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
  //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
  if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
    QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
                                : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);

d4733 2
a4734 1
  TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
d4780 1
a4780 1

a4926 4
  // FIXME:
  //   Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
  //   one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
  //   to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
d4930 1
d4932 10
a4941 11
    // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
    // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
    bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
    if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
            QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
            ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
        !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
        // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
        // directly [...]
        !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
        !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
a4943 8
    } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
                   QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
                   ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
               !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
               !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
               !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
a4961 14

    // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
    // exception specifications, if any.
    if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
      Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
      LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
                                     /*ConvertArgs*/false);
      LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);

      assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
                              "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
      assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
    }

d4995 3
a5015 8
    // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
    // exception specifications, if any.
    if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
      LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
      assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
                              "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
    }

a5031 6
    if (ResTy.isNull()) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc,
           diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
d5051 11
a5061 2
  QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
  if (!Composite.isNull())
d5063 1
a5079 72
static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
  ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
  ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;

  // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
  if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
  if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;

  // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
  if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
  if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;

  // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that
  // determines the result.
  if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr &&
      !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
    return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1;
  if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr &&
      !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
    return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2;
  // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
  // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
  // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
  // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
  // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
  if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
    assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z &&
           "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
    return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
  }

  // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
  // update this function.
  switch (EST1) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_ComputedNoexcept:
    llvm_unreachable("handled above");

  case EST_Dynamic: {
    // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
    // the union of the two lists.
    assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
    for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
      for (QualType E : Exceptions)
        if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
          ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);

    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
    Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
    return Result;
  }

  case EST_Unevaluated:
  case EST_Uninstantiated:
  case EST_Unparsed:
    llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
  }

  llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
}

d5083 1
a5083 1
/// and @@p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
d5090 4
a5093 1
/// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
d5096 4
a5099 1
                                        bool ConvertArgs) {
a5100 4

  // C++1z [expr]p14:
  //   The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
  //   and T2
d5103 18
a5120 7
  //   where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
  //   std::nullptr_t is:
  bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
                         T1->isNullPtrType();
  bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
                         T2->isNullPtrType();
  if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
d5122 1
d5124 12
a5135 11
  //   - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
  // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
  // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
  //
  //   - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
  if (T1IsPointerLike &&
      E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (ConvertArgs)
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
                                         ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
                                         : CK_NullToPointer).get();
a5137 8
  if (T2IsPointerLike &&
      E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (ConvertArgs)
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
                                         ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
                                         : CK_NullToPointer).get();
    return T2;
  }
d5140 2
a5141 1
  if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
a5142 2
  assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
         "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
d5144 10
a5153 28
  //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
  //    "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
  //    the union of cv1 and cv2;
  //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
  //    "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
  //    "pointer to function";
  //     FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
  //     from a pointer to member function.  As a Clang extension, we also
  //     permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
  //     - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
  //       "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
  //       by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
  //       before checking the following rules.
  //  - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
  //    is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
  //    the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
  //    respectively;
  //  - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
  //    to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
  //    C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
  //    T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
  //  - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
  //    T2;
  //
  // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
  // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
  // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
  // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
d5155 7
a5161 9
  //
  // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
  // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
  // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
  // exists.
  SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
  SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
  QualType Composite1 = T1;
  QualType Composite2 = T2;
d5163 1
a5163 1
  while (true) {
d5172 2
a5173 1
      if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
d5190 2
a5191 1
      if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
d5205 1
a5205 36
  }

  // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
  // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
  // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
  // IsFunctionConversion.
  //
  // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
  // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
  // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
  // the side(s) where we changed anything.
  if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
    if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
      if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();

        // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
        bool Noreturn =
            EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
        EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
        EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);

        // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
        SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
        EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
            mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
                                ExceptionTypeStorage);

        Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
                                             FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
        Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
                                             FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
      }
    }
  }
d5207 1
a5207 1
  if (NeedConstBefore) {
d5211 2
a5212 2
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
      if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
d5214 3
d5220 8
a5227 5
  auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
  for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
    Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
    auto Classes = *MOC++;
    if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
d5230 2
a5231 1
          Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
d5233 2
a5234 1
          Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
d5237 4
a5240 4
      Composite1 =
          Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
      Composite2 =
          Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
d5244 23
a5266 22
  struct Conversion {
    Sema &S;
    Expr *&E1, *&E2;
    QualType Composite;
    InitializedEntity Entity;
    InitializationKind Kind;
    InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
    bool Viable;

    Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
               QualType Composite)
        : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
          Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
          Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
          E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
          Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}

    bool perform() {
      ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
      if (E1Result.isInvalid())
        return true;
      E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
d5268 6
a5273 4
      ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
      if (E2Result.isInvalid())
        return true;
      E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
d5275 6
a5280 3
      return false;
    }
  };
d5282 1
a5282 6
  // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
  Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
  if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
    if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
      return QualType();
    return C1.Composite;
a5283 1
  Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
d5285 6
a5290 4
  if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
    // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
    // neither is viable.
    // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
a5291 1
  }
d5293 11
a5303 2
  // Convert to the chosen type.
  if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
d5305 1
d5307 1
a5307 1
  return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
d5340 1
a5340 1

d5347 1
a5347 1

d5393 1
a5393 1
    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
d5446 1
a5446 1
    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
d5473 2
a5474 3
  assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
         ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
  if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
d5480 1
a5480 2
  auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
      Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
d5491 1
a5491 1
  if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
d5597 1
a5597 1
    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
d5732 1
a5732 1

d5749 1
a5749 1
    ObjectType = nullptr;
d5757 1
a5757 1
  //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
d5773 1
a5773 1
static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
d5792 1
a5792 1
      // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
d5849 1
a5849 1
      } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
d5851 1
a5851 1

d5860 1
a5860 1

d6044 1
a6044 1
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
a6084 1
      PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
a6087 2
      PopExpressionEvaluationContext();

a6112 5

  if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
                        Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
    return ExprError();

d6236 1
a6236 11
    }

    // C++1z:
    //   If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
    //   temporary materialization conversion is applied.
    //
    // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
    // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
    // just clutter.
    // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
    // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
d6266 1
a6266 1
//    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
d6272 1
a6272 1
static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
d6292 1
a6292 1
  return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
d6295 5
a6299 5
/// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
d6305 3
a6307 8
  assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
  assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
  while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
    DC = DC->getParent();
  assert(
      CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
a6308 1
#endif // NDEBUG
d6314 1
a6314 1

d6325 1
a6325 1
    // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
d6347 2
a6348 2
    }
    const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
d6352 2
a6353 2
      // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
      // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
d6360 2
a6361 2
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
d6366 2
a6367 2
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
d6393 1
a6393 1
                                  const TypoCorrection &TC) {
a6634 2
      // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
      // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
d6686 1
a6686 1
                                     bool IsConstexpr,
d6692 3
a6694 3

  // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
  // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
d6708 1
a6708 1
  if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
d6736 2
a6737 2
  // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
  // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
d6742 1
a6742 1
  // void foo() {
d6752 2
a6753 2
  // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
  // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
d6760 4
a6763 4
  //
  // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
  // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
  // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
d6766 2
a6767 3
  LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
      getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
  // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
d6769 1
a6769 1
  // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
d6772 1
a6772 1
  // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
d6775 3
a6777 3
  //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
  //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
  //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
d6779 1
a6779 1
  //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
d6781 1
a6781 4
  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
  while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
    DC = DC->getParent();
  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
d6795 1
a6795 1
Sema::IfExistsResult
d6802 1
a6802 1

d6806 1
a6806 1

d6812 1
a6812 1

d6819 1
a6819 1

d6822 1
a6822 1

d6830 1
a6830 1
Sema::IfExistsResult
d6835 10
a6844 5

  // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
  auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
  if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
      DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
d6846 2
a6847 1

@


1.1.1.12
log
@Import Clang pre-4.0.0 r291444.
@
text
@d116 1
a116 1
    return nullptr;
d201 1
a201 1
      return nullptr;
d295 1
a295 1

d323 1
a323 1
  return nullptr;
d328 2
a329 2
      return nullptr;
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
d336 1
a336 1

d339 1
a339 1
    return nullptr;
a510 37
/// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
/// a single GUID.
static void
getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
                  llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
  // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
  const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
  if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
    Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
  else if (QT->isArrayType())
    Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();

  const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
  if (!TD)
    return;

  if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
    UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
    return;
  }

  // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
  if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
    const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
    for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
      const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
      if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
        getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
      else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
        getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);

      if (UuidForTA)
        UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
    }
  }
}

a515 1
  StringRef UuidStr;
d517 8
a524 7
    llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
    getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
    if (UuidAttrs.empty())
      return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
      return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
    UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
d527 1
a527 1
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
a535 1
  StringRef UuidStr;
d537 6
a542 6
    if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
    } else {
      llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
      getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
      if (UuidAttrs.empty())
a543 3
      if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
d547 1
a547 1
  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
d624 1
a624 1

d634 1
a634 1

d638 1
a638 1
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
a644 5
  // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
    CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
        << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();

d820 7
a826 2
        if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
          return true;
a833 86
static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
    ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
    DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {

  QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
  LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
  DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;

  // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
  // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
  // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
  // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
  // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
  // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
  // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
  // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
  //

  // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
  // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
  // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
  // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
  // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
  // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
  // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
  // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.

  for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
       I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
       CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
    CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);

    if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
        continue;

    auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();

    if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
      ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
      if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
        ClassType.addConst();
      return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
    }
  }
  // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
  // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
  if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
    assert(CurLSI);
    assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
    assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));

    auto IsThisCaptured =
        [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
      IsConst = false;
      IsByCopy = false;
      for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
        if (C.capturesThis()) {
          if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
            IsByCopy = true;
          if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
            IsConst = true;
          return true;
        }
      }
      return false;
    };

    bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
    bool IsConstCapture = false;
    CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
    while (Closure &&
           IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
      if (IsByCopyCapture) {
        ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
        if (IsConstCapture)
          ClassType.addConst();
        return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
      }
      Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
                    ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
                    : nullptr;
    }
  }
  return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
}

a836 1

d841 14
a854 23

  if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
      !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {

    assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
           "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");

    // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
    // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
    // the 'this' type from it.

    QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
    // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
    // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
    ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
  }

  // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
  // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
  // captures '*this' by copy.
  if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
    return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
                                                    CurContext, Context);
d858 1
a858 1
Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
d861 1
a861 1
                                         bool Enabled)
d872 1
a872 3

  // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
  CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
d876 1
a876 1

d887 6
a892 22
static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
                         QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
                         const bool ByCopy) {

  QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
  // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
  // copy').
  QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
  if (ByCopy) {
    // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
    // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
    // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
    CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
    CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
    AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
  }

  FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
      Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
      Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
      ICIS_NoInit);

d896 5
a900 20
  Expr *This =
      new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
  if (ByCopy) {
    Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
                                      UO_Deref,
                                      This).get();
    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
      nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
    InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
    InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
    ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
    if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
    return ER.get();
  }
  return This;
}

bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
    bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
    const bool ByCopy) {
a904 2
  assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");

d906 3
a908 26
    *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;

  // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
  // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
  // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.

  // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
  // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
  //    [*this] { ... }.
  // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
  // capture.

  // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
  // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
  // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
  // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
  // AND
  //   -- there is no enclosing closure
  //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
  //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
  //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
  //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
  //      *enclosing object*


  unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
d920 1
a920 2
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
              << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
d927 1
a927 5
          (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
        // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
        // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
        // if any, must perform implicit captures.

d929 2
a930 1
        NumCapturingClosures++;
d935 1
a935 2
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
            << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
d941 1
a941 14

  // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
  // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
  // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).

  // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
  // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
  // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
  // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
  // above)).
  assert((!ByCopy ||
          dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
         "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
         "*this) by copy");
d944 2
a945 3
  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
      --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
d948 5
a952 9

    if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
      // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
      // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
      // iteration.
      ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
                             ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);

    } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
d954 1
a954 3
      ThisExpr =
          captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
                      false/*ByCopy*/);
d956 2
a957 2
    bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
    CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
d979 1
a979 1

d999 1
a999 19
  // Handle errors like: int({0})
  if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) &&
      LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid())
    if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) {
      Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
          << Ty << IList->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc)
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
      LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation();
    }

  auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
  // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
  // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
  // checking for embedded typos.
  if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
      !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
    Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
  return Result;
d1056 4
d1093 2
a1094 127
/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
/// deallocation function.
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
    return false;

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
    return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();

  if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
      FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
    return false;

  unsigned UsualParams = 1;

  if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
      S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
          FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
          S.Context.getSizeType()))
    ++UsualParams;

  if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
      S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
          FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
          S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
    ++UsualParams;

  return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
}

namespace {
  struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
    UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
    UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
        : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
          HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
      // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
      if (!FD)
        return;
      if (FD->getNumParams() == 3)
        HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true;
      else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) {
        HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType();
        HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT;
      }

      // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
      if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
        if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
          CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
    }

    operator bool() const { return FD; }

    bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
                      bool WantAlign) const {
      // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
      //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
      //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
      //   such a parameter is preferred
      if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
        return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;

      if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
        return HasSizeT == WantSize;

      // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
      return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
    }

    DeclAccessPair Found;
    FunctionDecl *FD;
    bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
    Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
  };
}

/// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
/// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
/// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
/// not known.
static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
  return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
         S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
             S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
}

/// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
/// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
  UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;

  for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
    if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
        Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
      continue;

    if (!Best) {
      Best = Info;
      if (BestFns)
        BestFns->push_back(Info);
      continue;
    }

    if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
      continue;

    //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
    //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
    if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
      BestFns->clear();

    Best = Info;
    if (BestFns)
      BestFns->push_back(Info);
  }

  return Best;
}

/// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
/// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
/// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
/// trivially-destructible).
d1118 29
a1146 7
  // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
  //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
  //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
  auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
      S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
      /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
  return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
d1230 1
a1230 1
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
a1231 12
    // Handle errors like: new int a({0})
    if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
        !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType))
      if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) {
        Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
            << AllocType << List->getSourceRange()
            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart())
            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd());
        DirectInitRange = SourceRange();
        Initializer = IList;
      }
  }
d1350 1
a1350 1
  // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
d1359 1
a1359 1

a1371 1
  llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
d1380 1
a1380 1
      if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
d1389 1
a1389 1

d1456 6
a1461 3
    // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
    // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
    // unparenthesized array type.
a1465 3
      // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
      // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
      // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
d1467 12
a1478 7
        if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
          return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
                           << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
        }

        if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
d1481 12
a1492 5
          if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
            return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                  diag::err_array_too_large)
                             << Value.toString(10)
                             << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
a1493 2

        KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
a1510 5
  unsigned Alignment =
      AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
  unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
  bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
                       Alignment > NewAlignment;
d1516 2
a1517 2
                              UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
                              PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
d1524 2
a1525 2
    UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
        doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
d1536 3
a1538 5
    // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
    // alignment; we've already filled it in.
    if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
                               PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
                               AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
d1548 1
d1550 8
a1557 7
    // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
    // global operator new.
    if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
        (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
         (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
          getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
      if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
d1560 2
a1561 2
            << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
            << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
d1565 1
d1569 16
a1584 5
  if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
    SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                          Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
    return ExprError();
a1591 13
    // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
    QualType InitType;
    if (KnownArraySize)
      InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
          AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
                                 *KnownArraySize),
          ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    else if (ArraySize)
      InitType =
          Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    else
      InitType = AllocType;

d1611 1
a1611 2
    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
                                   MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
a1618 1
    // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
d1647 1
a1647 1
        CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
d1657 1
a1657 1
      CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment,
d1696 1
a1696 1

d1700 5
a1704 13
static bool
resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range,
                          SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment,
                          FunctionDecl *&Operator,
                          OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr,
                          Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) {
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
d1706 2
a1707 7
    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
                                     Candidates,
                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }
d1709 2
a1710 16
    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
                                Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    Operator = FnDecl;
a1711 56
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
    //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
    //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
    //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
    if (PassAlignment) {
      PassAlignment = false;
      AlignArg = Args[1];
      Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
      return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
                                       Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg);
    }

    // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
    // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
    // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
    // will not replicate that bug.
    // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
    // once MSVC implements it.
    if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
        S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
      R.clear();
      R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
      S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
      // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
      return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
                                       Operator, nullptr);
    }

    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
      << R.getLookupName() << Range;

    // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
    // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
    // Candidates.
    if (AlignedCandidates) {
      auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
        return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
               C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
      };
      auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };

      // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
      // first.
      Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
      AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
                                        R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
      Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
                                IsUnaligned);
    } else {
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;
d1713 1
a1713 4
  case OR_Ambiguous:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
      << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
d1716 3
a1718 11
  case OR_Deleted: {
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
      << Best->Function->isDeleted()
      << R.getLookupName()
      << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
      << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
a1720 1

d1725 1
a1725 2
                                   bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment,
                                   MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
d1737 2
a1738 4
  SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
  AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());

  // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
a1740 1
  // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
d1745 2
a1746 12
  AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);

  QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
  if (PassAlignment) {
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
  }
  CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
  if (PassAlignment)
    AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);

  AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
d1755 3
a1757 1
      IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
d1761 5
a1765 15
  // Find the allocation function.
  {
    LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);

    // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
    //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
    //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
    //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
    //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
    if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal)
      LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());

    // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
    // multiple base classes.
    if (R.isAmbiguous())
d1767 1
d1769 10
a1778 5
    //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
    //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
    //   global scope.
    if (R.empty())
      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
d1780 8
a1787 8
    assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
    assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");

    // We do our own custom access checks below.
    R.suppressDiagnostics();

    if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
                                  OperatorNew))
d1789 1
d1792 2
a1793 1
  // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
a1798 7
  // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
  // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
  DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
      OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
          ? OO_Array_Delete
          : OO_Delete);

a1816 1
  bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
d1831 1
a1831 10
  //
  // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
  // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
  // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
  //
  // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
  // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
  // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
  bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
                        OperatorNew->isVariadic();
d1844 2
a1856 1
      // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
d1867 2
a1868 2
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
              dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
d1878 1
a1878 4
      if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
                                                  ExpectedFunctionType,
                                                  /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
                              ExpectedFunctionType))
d1881 11
a1892 3
    if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
      EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
  } else {
d1896 14
a1909 16
    //
    // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
    // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
    // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
    llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
    UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
        *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
        /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
        &BestDeallocFns);
    if (Selected)
      Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
    else {
      // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
      // but ambiguous.
      for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
d1920 3
a1922 3
    // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
    //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
    //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
d1926 1
a1926 1
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
d1928 63
a1990 26
      UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
                              DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
      // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
      //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
      //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
      //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
      bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
      if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
        auto NonSizedDelete =
            resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
                                        /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
        if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
            NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
          IsSizedDelete = false;
      }

      if (IsSizedDelete) {
        SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
                            ? SourceRange()
                            : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
                                          PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
        if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
          Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
              << DeleteName;
      }
d1993 17
a2009 12
    CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
                          Matches[0].first);
  } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
    // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
    // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
    // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
    Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
      << DeleteName << AllocElemType;

    for (auto &Match : Matches)
      Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
           diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
d2012 29
a2040 1
  return false;
d2043 1
a2110 11
  if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
    // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
    // implicitly.
    auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
        Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
        &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
    AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
    AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
    AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
    StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
  }
d2116 1
d2118 20
a2137 33
  auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
                                              QualType Return, QualType Param) {
    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
    Params.push_back(Param);

    // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
    bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
                           (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
    bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;

    int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
    int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
    for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
      if (Sized)
        Params.push_back(SizeT);

      for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
        if (Aligned)
          Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));

        DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
            Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);

        if (Aligned)
          Params.pop_back();
      }
    }
  };

  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
d2144 2
a2145 1
                                           ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
d2147 1
d2156 15
a2170 6
      if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
        llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
        for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
          FuncParams.push_back(
              Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
        if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
d2199 13
a2211 6
  auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
    QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
    FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
        Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
        FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
    Alloc->setImplicit();
d2213 1
a2213 1
    // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
d2215 1
a2215 1
        VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default));
d2217 9
a2225 13
    llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
    for (QualType T : Params) {
      ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
          Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
          /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
      ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
    }
    Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
    if (ExtraAttr)
      Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
    Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
    IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
  };
d2227 2
a2228 8
  if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
  else {
    // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
    // defined or re-declared independently.
    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
  }
a2232 1
                                                  bool Overaligned,
d2239 28
a2266 13
  // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
  // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
  // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
  // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
  auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
                                            Overaligned);
  assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
  return Result.FD;
}

FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
                                                          CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
  DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
d2268 2
a2269 5
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
  if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
    return nullptr;
  if (OperatorDelete)
    return OperatorDelete;
d2271 3
a2273 5
  // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
  // non-array delete.
  return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
      Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
      Name);
d2278 1
a2278 1
                                    FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
d2288 13
a2300 1
  bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
d2302 2
a2303 6
  // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
  //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
  //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
  llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
  resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
                              /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
d2305 1
a2305 1
  // If we could find an overload, use it.
d2307 1
a2307 1
    Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
a2308 1
    // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
d2318 1
a2318 1
                              Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
a2321 1
  }
d2323 2
a2324 4
  // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
  // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
  // is that this should never happen.
  if (!Matches.empty()) {
d2328 5
a2332 2
      for (auto &Match : Matches)
        Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
d2344 3
a2346 2
      for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
        Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
d2377 1
a2377 1
      : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
a2395 1
  FieldDecl *Field;
d2400 1
d2705 1
a2705 1
      return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
d2757 1
a2757 4
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
            UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
              .HasSizeT;
d2768 24
a2791 4
      CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
                           /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
                           /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
                           SourceLocation());
d2794 1
a2794 7
    if (!OperatorDelete) {
      bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
      bool CanProvideSize =
          IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
                         Pointee.isDestructedType());
      bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);

d2796 5
a2800 3
      OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
                                                     Overaligned, DeleteName);
    }
d2807 1
a2807 1
          CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
a2819 50
void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
                                bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
                                bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
                                SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
  if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
    return;

  // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
  //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
  //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
  //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
  //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
  //   behavior is undefined.
  //
  const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
  // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
  if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
    return;

  QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
  if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
    // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
    // sure the code has undefined behavior.
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
                                                           << ClassType;
  } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
    // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
    // but not necessarily wrong.
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
                                                  << ClassType;
  }
  if (!IsDelete) {
    std::string TypeStr;
    ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
    Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
  }
}

Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
                                                   SourceLocation StmtLoc,
                                                   ConditionKind CK) {
  ExprResult E =
      CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
  if (E.isInvalid())
    return ConditionError();
  return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
                         CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
}

d2824 1
a2824 1
                                        ConditionKind CK) {
d2848 4
a2851 9
  switch (CK) {
  case ConditionKind::Boolean:
    return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());

  case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
    return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);

  case ConditionKind::Switch:
    return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
d2854 1
a2854 1
  llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
d2858 1
a2858 1
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
d2867 1
a2867 6
  // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
  llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
  return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
             ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
                                                CCEK_ConstexprIf)
             : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
d2901 1
a2901 2
              return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
                                                QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
d2930 3
a2932 2
    S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
                             InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
d2937 1
a2937 1
        CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
d2978 1
a2978 1
                                AssignmentAction Action,
a3052 4
    bool Diagnosed =
        DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
                                 From->getType(), From, Action);
    assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
d3068 1
a3068 1
                                AssignmentAction Action,
d3071 1
a3071 1

d3077 1
a3077 1

d3088 1
a3088 2
          /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
          SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
d3094 1
a3094 2
        /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
        SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
d3145 1
a3145 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
d3151 1
a3151 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
d3188 10
d3214 1
a3214 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
d3233 1
a3233 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
d3240 1
a3240 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
d3243 1
a3243 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
d3248 1
a3248 1
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
d3270 1
a3270 1
    }
d3272 1
a3272 1
             !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
d3275 1
a3275 1
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
d3279 2
a3280 2
             diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
          << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
d3283 1
a3283 1

d3331 1
a3331 1
                             ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
d3352 1
a3352 1
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
d3397 1
a3397 1
                                     : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
d3405 1
a3405 1
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
d3410 1
a3410 1
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
d3415 1
a3415 1

d3421 1
a3421 1

a3440 6
  case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                             CK_ZeroToOCLQueue,
                             From->getValueKind()).get();
    break;

a3443 1
  case ICK_Function_Conversion:
a3446 1
  case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
a3454 10
  case ICK_Function_Conversion:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

d3624 2
a3625 2
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
d3721 1
a3721 1

d3900 1
a3900 1

d3902 1
a3902 1
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
d3905 1
a3905 1

d3963 1
a3963 4
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
          continue;
        // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
        if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
d3965 1
a3965 1
        auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
d3999 1
a3999 1
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
d4001 1
a4001 4
        // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
        if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
          continue;
        auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
d4081 3
a4083 3
    //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
    //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
    //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
d4097 1
a4097 1
      if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
d4127 1
a4127 1
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
d4166 1
a4166 1

d4170 2
a4171 2
ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
d4200 1
a4200 1

d4206 2
a4207 2

    ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
d4241 1
a4241 1
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
d4258 1
a4258 1
    //     template <class T>
d4261 3
a4263 3
    //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
    //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
    //   the return expression in the following code would be
d4267 1
a4267 1
    //     To test() {
d4271 2
a4272 2
    //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
    //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
d4301 1
a4301 1
    InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
d4303 2
a4304 2

    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
a4316 1
  case BTT_IsAssignable:
d4325 1
a4325 1
    //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
d4328 1
a4328 1
    //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
d4331 1
a4331 1
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
d4335 1
a4335 1
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
d4343 1
a4343 1
    // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
d4353 2
a4354 2

    // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
a4363 3
    if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
      return true;

d4521 2
a4522 3
  // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
  // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
  if (isIndirect)
d4524 2
a4525 4
  else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
    LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
  if (LHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
d4655 1
a4655 1
/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
d4671 1
a4671 1
  // C++11 5.16p3
d4675 7
a4681 11
  //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
  //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
  //      an lvalue.
  //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
  //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
  if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
    QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
                                : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);

d4733 2
a4734 1
  TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
d4780 1
a4780 1

a4926 4
  // FIXME:
  //   Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
  //   one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
  //   to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
d4930 1
d4932 10
a4941 11
    // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
    // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
    bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
    if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
            QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
            ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
        !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
        // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
        // directly [...]
        !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
        !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
a4943 8
    } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
                   QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
                   ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
               !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
               !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
               !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
a4961 14

    // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
    // exception specifications, if any.
    if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
      Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
      LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
                                     /*ConvertArgs*/false);
      LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);

      assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
                              "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
      assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
    }

d4995 3
a5015 8
    // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
    // exception specifications, if any.
    if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
      LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
      assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
                              "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
    }

a5031 6
    if (ResTy.isNull()) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc,
           diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
d5051 11
a5061 2
  QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
  if (!Composite.isNull())
d5063 1
a5079 72
static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
  ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
  ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;

  // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
  if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
  if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;

  // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
  if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
  if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;

  // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that
  // determines the result.
  if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr &&
      !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
    return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1;
  if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr &&
      !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
    return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2;
  // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
  // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
  // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
  // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
  // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
  if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
    assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z &&
           "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
    return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
  }

  // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
  // update this function.
  switch (EST1) {
  case EST_None:
  case EST_DynamicNone:
  case EST_MSAny:
  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
  case EST_ComputedNoexcept:
    llvm_unreachable("handled above");

  case EST_Dynamic: {
    // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
    // the union of the two lists.
    assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
    for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
      for (QualType E : Exceptions)
        if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
          ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);

    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
    Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
    return Result;
  }

  case EST_Unevaluated:
  case EST_Uninstantiated:
  case EST_Unparsed:
    llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
  }

  llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
}

d5083 1
a5083 1
/// and @@p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
d5090 4
a5093 1
/// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
d5096 4
a5099 1
                                        bool ConvertArgs) {
a5100 4

  // C++1z [expr]p14:
  //   The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
  //   and T2
d5103 18
a5120 7
  //   where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
  //   std::nullptr_t is:
  bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
                         T1->isNullPtrType();
  bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
                         T2->isNullPtrType();
  if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
d5122 1
d5124 12
a5135 11
  //   - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
  // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
  // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
  //
  //   - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
  if (T1IsPointerLike &&
      E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (ConvertArgs)
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
                                         ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
                                         : CK_NullToPointer).get();
a5137 8
  if (T2IsPointerLike &&
      E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (ConvertArgs)
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
                                         ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
                                         : CK_NullToPointer).get();
    return T2;
  }
d5140 2
a5141 1
  if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
a5142 2
  assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
         "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
d5144 10
a5153 28
  //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
  //    "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
  //    the union of cv1 and cv2;
  //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
  //    "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
  //    "pointer to function";
  //     FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
  //     from a pointer to member function.  As a Clang extension, we also
  //     permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
  //     - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
  //       "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
  //       by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
  //       before checking the following rules.
  //  - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
  //    is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
  //    the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
  //    respectively;
  //  - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
  //    to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
  //    C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
  //    T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
  //  - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
  //    T2;
  //
  // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
  // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
  // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
  // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
d5155 7
a5161 9
  //
  // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
  // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
  // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
  // exists.
  SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
  SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
  QualType Composite1 = T1;
  QualType Composite2 = T2;
d5163 1
a5163 1
  while (true) {
d5172 2
a5173 1
      if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
d5190 2
a5191 1
      if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
d5205 1
a5205 36
  }

  // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
  // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
  // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
  // IsFunctionConversion.
  //
  // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
  // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
  // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
  // the side(s) where we changed anything.
  if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
    if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
      if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();

        // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
        bool Noreturn =
            EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
        EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
        EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);

        // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
        SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
        EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
            mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
                                ExceptionTypeStorage);

        Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
                                             FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
        Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
                                             FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
      }
    }
  }
d5207 1
a5207 1
  if (NeedConstBefore) {
d5211 2
a5212 2
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
      if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
d5214 3
d5220 8
a5227 5
  auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
  for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
    Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
    auto Classes = *MOC++;
    if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
d5230 2
a5231 1
          Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
d5233 2
a5234 1
          Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
d5237 4
a5240 4
      Composite1 =
          Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
      Composite2 =
          Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
d5244 23
a5266 22
  struct Conversion {
    Sema &S;
    Expr *&E1, *&E2;
    QualType Composite;
    InitializedEntity Entity;
    InitializationKind Kind;
    InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
    bool Viable;

    Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
               QualType Composite)
        : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
          Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
          Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
          E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
          Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}

    bool perform() {
      ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
      if (E1Result.isInvalid())
        return true;
      E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
d5268 6
a5273 4
      ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
      if (E2Result.isInvalid())
        return true;
      E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
d5275 6
a5280 3
      return false;
    }
  };
d5282 1
a5282 6
  // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
  Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
  if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
    if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
      return QualType();
    return C1.Composite;
a5283 1
  Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
d5285 12
a5296 4
  if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
    // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
    // neither is viable.
    // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
d5298 1
a5298 1
  }
d5300 4
a5303 2
  // Convert to the chosen type.
  if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
d5305 1
d5307 1
a5307 1
  return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
d5340 1
a5340 1

d5347 1
a5347 1

d5393 1
a5393 1
    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
d5446 1
a5446 1
    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
d5473 2
a5474 3
  assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
         ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
  if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
d5480 1
a5480 2
  auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
      Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
d5491 1
a5491 1
  if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
d5597 1
a5597 1
    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
d5732 1
a5732 1

d5749 1
a5749 1
    ObjectType = nullptr;
d5757 1
a5757 1
  //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
d5773 1
a5773 1
static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
d5792 1
a5792 1
      // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
d5849 1
a5849 1
      } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
d5851 1
a5851 1

d5860 1
a5860 1

d6044 1
a6044 1
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
a6084 1
      PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
a6087 2
      PopExpressionEvaluationContext();

d6236 1
a6236 11
    }

    // C++1z:
    //   If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
    //   temporary materialization conversion is applied.
    //
    // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
    // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
    // just clutter.
    // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
    // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
d6266 1
a6266 1
//    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
d6272 1
a6272 1
static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
d6292 1
a6292 1
  return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
d6295 5
a6299 5
/// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
d6305 3
a6307 8
  assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
  assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
#ifndef NDEBUG
  DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
  while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
    DC = DC->getParent();
  assert(
      CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
a6308 1
#endif // NDEBUG
d6314 1
a6314 1

d6325 1
a6325 1
    // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
d6347 2
a6348 2
    }
    const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
d6352 2
a6353 2
      // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
      // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
d6360 2
a6361 2
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
d6366 2
a6367 2
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
d6393 1
a6393 1
                                  const TypoCorrection &TC) {
a6569 8
  ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
    return Owned(E);
  }

  ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
    return Owned(E);
  }

a6634 2
      // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
      // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
d6686 1
a6686 1
                                     bool IsConstexpr,
d6692 3
a6694 3

  // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
  // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
d6708 1
a6708 1
  if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
d6736 2
a6737 2
  // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
  // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
d6742 1
a6742 1
  // void foo() {
d6752 2
a6753 2
  // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
  // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
d6760 4
a6763 4
  //
  // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
  // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
  // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
d6766 2
a6767 3
  LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
      getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
  // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
d6769 1
a6769 1
  // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
d6772 1
a6772 1
  // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
d6775 3
a6777 3
  //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
  //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
  //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
d6779 1
a6779 1
  //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
d6781 1
a6781 4
  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
  while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
    DC = DC->getParent();
  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
d6795 1
a6795 1
Sema::IfExistsResult
d6802 1
a6802 1

d6806 1
a6806 1

d6812 1
a6812 1

d6819 1
a6819 1

d6822 1
a6822 1

d6830 1
a6830 1
Sema::IfExistsResult
d6835 10
a6844 5

  // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
  auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
  if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
      DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
d6846 2
a6847 1

@


1.1.1.12.2.1
log
@Sync with HEAD
@
text
@d1507 2
d1513 2
a1514 2
    DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
    if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType())
d1591 2
a1592 1
                     Initializer);
d1624 2
a1625 1
                  Expr *Initializer) {
d1651 1
a1651 1
  if (AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
a6718 5

  if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
                        Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
    return ExprError();

d7192 8
@


1.1.1.13
log
@Import Clang 4.0RC1 r294123.
@
text
@d1507 2
d1513 2
a1514 2
    DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
    if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType())
d1591 2
a1592 1
                     Initializer);
d1624 2
a1625 1
                  Expr *Initializer) {
d1651 1
a1651 1
  if (AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
a6718 5

  if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
                        Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
    return ExprError();

d7192 8
@


1.1.1.14
log
@Import clang r309604 from branches/release_50
@
text
@d192 1
a192 3
    if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) {
      if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, LookupCtx))
        return nullptr;
d194 1
a194 1
    } else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) {
d196 1
a196 1
    } else {
a197 1
    }
d326 10
a335 4
ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
                                              ParsedType ObjectType) {
  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error)
    return nullptr;
a336 14
  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
    return nullptr;
  }

  assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&
         "unexpected type in getDestructorType");
  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());

  // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor
  // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way.
  QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
  if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() &&
      !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
a339 3
  }

  return ParsedType::make(T);
d451 1
a451 1
  else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
d893 8
a900 24
  // Since the FunctionScopeInfo stack is representative of the lexical
  // nesting of the lambda expressions during initial parsing (and is the best
  // place for querying information about captures about lambdas that are
  // partially processed) and perhaps during instantiation of function templates
  // that contain lambda expressions that need to be transformed BUT not
  // necessarily during instantiation of a nested generic lambda's function call
  // operator (which might even be instantiated at the end of the TU) - at which
  // time the DeclContext tree is mature enough to query capture information
  // reliably - we use a two pronged approach to walk through all the lexically
  // enclosing lambda expressions:
  //
  //  1) Climb down the FunctionScopeInfo stack as long as each item represents
  //  a Lambda (i.e. LambdaScopeInfo) AND each LSI's 'closure-type' is lexically
  //  enclosed by the call-operator of the LSI below it on the stack (while
  //  tracking the enclosing DC for step 2 if needed).  Note the topmost LSI on
  //  the stack represents the innermost lambda.
  //
  //  2) If we run out of enclosing LSI's, check if the enclosing DeclContext
  //  represents a lambda's call operator.  If it does, we must be instantiating
  //  a generic lambda's call operator (represented by the Current LSI, and
  //  should be the only scenario where an inconsistency between the LSI and the
  //  DeclContext should occur), so climb out the DeclContexts if they
  //  represent lambdas, while querying the corresponding closure types
  //  regarding capture information.
a901 1
  // 1) Climb down the function scope info stack.
d903 1
a903 3
       I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]) &&
       (!CurLSI || !CurLSI->Lambda || CurLSI->Lambda->getDeclContext() ==
                       cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I])->CallOperator);
d919 2
a920 3

  // 2) We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
  // happen during instantiation of its nested generic lambda call operator)
d922 2
a923 7
    assert(CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic "
                     "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo");
    assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) &&
           "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we "
           "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a "
           "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic "
           "lambda call oeprator");
d971 1
a971 1
      inTemplateInstantiation()) {
a1108 1
        CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
d1219 11
d1258 2
a1259 3
  assert((!ListInitialization ||
          (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&
         "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
a1262 21
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
  InitializationKind Kind =
      Exprs.size()
          ? ListInitialization
                ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
                : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc,
                                                   RParenLoc)
          : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);

  // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1:
  //   If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class
  //   template argument deduction...]
  DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType();
  if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
    Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity,
                                                     Kind, Exprs);
    if (Ty.isNull())
      return ExprError();
    Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty);
  }

d1264 4
a1267 5
  // If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type
  // conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in
  // meaning) to the corresponding cast expression.
  if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization &&
      !isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) {
d1269 1
a1269 1
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
d1272 5
a1276 1
  //   For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type.
d1280 2
a1281 2
      return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type)
                         << FullRange);
d1285 4
a1288 9
  // There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands
  // we only construct objects with object types.
  if (Ty->isFunctionType())
    return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type)
                       << Ty << FullRange);

  // C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2:
  //   If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a
  //   prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization.
d1294 6
a1299 2
  //   Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose
  //   result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer.
d1303 1
a1303 1
  if (Result.isInvalid())
d1309 1
a1309 2
  if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) &&
      !isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) {
d1320 1
a1320 1
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo,
d1512 1
a1512 1
    if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec())
d1565 1
a1565 1
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
d1567 12
a1610 21
// Emit a diagnostic if an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is not
// implemented in the standard library is selected.
static void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
                                                 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDelete,
                                                 Sema &S) {
  if (!S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocationUnavailable)
    return;

  // Return if there is a definition.
  if (FD.isDefined())
    return;

  bool IsAligned = false;
  if (FD.isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&IsAligned) && IsAligned) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_aligned_allocation_unavailable)
         << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString()
         << S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().str();
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_silence_unligned_allocation_unavailable);
  }
}

a1645 17
  // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
  //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
  //   object as follows:
  InitializationKind Kind
  //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
  //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
  //       the object has indeterminate value
    = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
        ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
  //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
  //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
        : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
            ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
            : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                               DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
                                               DirectInitRange.getEnd());

d1647 1
a1647 14
  auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType();
  if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
    if (ArraySize)
      return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getExprLoc(),
                            diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type)
                       << /*array*/ 2 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());

    InitializedEntity Entity
      = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
    AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
        AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    if (AllocType.isNull())
      return ExprError();
  } else if (Deduced) {
d1934 17
a1974 1
    diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*OperatorNew, StartLoc, false, *this);
a1979 1
    diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*OperatorDelete, StartLoc, true, *this);
d2028 1
a2028 1
  else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace())
d2030 1
a2030 2
      << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType()
      << AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
d2581 1
a2581 1
          Func->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
a2611 2
    // Global allocation functions should always be visible.
    Alloc->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
d3097 1
a3097 1
    if (Pointee.getAddressSpace())
d3100 1
a3100 2
               << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType()
               << Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
a3190 3

    diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*OperatorDelete, StartLoc, true,
                                         *this);
d3706 4
a3709 3
    } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
               !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
                                                      From->getType())) {
d3732 2
a3733 2
    if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers())
      CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
d4034 2
a4035 3
  // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
  //   remove_all_extents_t<T> shall be a complete type or cv void.
  case UTT_IsAggregate:
d4041 10
a4050 3
  // Per the GCC type traits documentation, T shall be a complete type, cv void,
  // or an array of unknown bound. But GCC actually imposes the same constraints
  // as above.
d4062 4
a4065 2
    ArgTy = QualType(ArgTy->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0);
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
d4067 2
a4068 6
  // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
  //   T shall be a complete type, cv void, or an array of unknown bound.
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
  case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
    if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || ArgTy->isVoidType())
d4072 1
a4072 1
        Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
a4209 6
  case UTT_IsAggregate:
    // Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they
    // support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors
    // but not _Complex.
    return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() ||
           T->isAnyComplexType();
a4302 1
  case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
a4319 5
    // A type that requires destruction (via a non-trivial destructor or ARC
    // lifetime semantics) is not trivially-destructible.
    if (UTT == UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible && T.isDestructedType())
      return false;

d4498 19
d4589 1
a4589 2
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
        S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
d4610 4
a4613 3
      // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
      // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
      if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
d4686 2
d4689 1
a4689 17
    if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) {
      const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
      const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
      if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy)
        return false;

      ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface();
      ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface();
      if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface)
        return false;

      if (Self.RequireCompleteType(
              KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
        return false;

      return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface);
    }
d4766 1
a4766 2
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
        Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
d4817 1
a4817 2
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
        Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
d4832 4
a4835 3
      // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
      // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
      if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
d5056 1
a5056 3
    QualType UseType = Context.getQualifiedType(Class, LHSType.getQualifiers());
    if (isIndirect)
      UseType = Context.getPointerType(UseType);
d5233 3
a5235 3
      ExprResult LHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
          LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0],
          Sema::AA_Converting);
d5240 3
a5242 3
      ExprResult RHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
          RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1],
          Sema::AA_Converting);
a5306 9
  //
  // FIXME; GCC's vector extension permits the use of a?b:c where the type of
  //        a is that of a integer vector with the same number of elements and
  //        size as the vectors of b and c. If one of either b or c is a scalar
  //        it is implicitly converted to match the type of the vector.
  //        Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are scalars,
  //        then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if possible.
  //        Unlike the OpenCL ?: operator, the expression is evaluated as
  //        (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
a5969 6
        // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array
        // constant.
        if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
            Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
          return E;

a5972 6
        // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary
        // constant.
        if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
            Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
          return E;

d6139 1
a6139 1
          BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getFPFeatures());
a6404 17
/// \brief Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
/// pointer objects.
static bool
canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef,
                                                   QualType DestructedType) {
  // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable.
  if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD))
      return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
    return false;
  }

  // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor.
  return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() ||
         DestructedType->isVectorType();
}

d6439 9
a6447 30
        // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.:
        //   Foo *foo;
        //   foo.~Foo();
        if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() &&
            Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType,
                                           ObjectType->getPointeeType())) {
          auto Diagnostic =
              Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
              << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange();

          // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid.
          if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(
                  *this, DestructedType))
            Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");

          // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the
          // operator to '->'.
          ObjectType = DestructedType;
          OpKind = tok::arrow;
        } else {
          Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
              << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
              << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

          // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
          DestructedType = ObjectType;
          DestructedTypeInfo =
              Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart);
          Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
        }
d6540 1
a6540 2
                               S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
                               /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
a6568 1
                                       TemplateId->Name,
d6572 1
a6572 2
                                       TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
                                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
d6597 1
a6597 2
                                 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
                                 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
a6617 1
                                         TemplateId->Name,
d6621 1
a6621 2
                                         TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
                                         /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
d6684 1
a6684 2
      PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
          ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
d6735 2
a6736 1
  if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
@


1.1.1.14.4.1
log
@Sync with HEAD
@
text
@d11 1
a11 1
/// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
a26 1
#include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
d44 1
a44 1
/// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
a81 44
ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                    bool EnteringContext) {
  CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
  assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
         "not a constructor name");

  // When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
  // friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
  // unresolved "typename" type.
  if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext) {
    QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
    return ParsedType::make(T);
  }

  if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
    return ParsedType();

  // Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
  // diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
  // declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
  // non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
  // member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
  // CheckCompletedCXXClass).
  CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
  for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
    auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
    if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
      InjectedClassName = RD;
      break;
    }
  }
  if (!InjectedClassName && CurClass->isInvalidDecl())
    return ParsedType();
  assert(InjectedClassName && "couldn't find injected class name");

  QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
  DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
  MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);

  return ParsedType::make(T);
}

d358 1
a358 1
  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
d385 1
a385 1
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
d410 1
a410 1
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
a481 6
  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: typeid is not supported.
  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
                     << "typeid");
  }

d562 1
a562 1
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
d582 1
a582 1
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
d697 1
a697 5
      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) &&
      (!getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
       !getLangOpts().OpenMPHostCXXExceptions ||
       isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() ||
       isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()))
d730 1
a730 1
      NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict);
d1116 2
a1117 3
  const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
                                         ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
                                         : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
d1143 1
a1143 1
  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
d1198 2
a1199 2
  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
a1245 4
/// Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
d1248 1
a1248 1
                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
d1250 1
a1250 2
                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                bool ListInitialization) {
d1259 1
a1259 2
  auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
                                          RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
d1269 4
d1275 1
a1275 1
                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
d1277 1
a1277 2
                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                bool ListInitialization) {
d1282 2
a1283 7
    // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
    // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
                           ? SourceRange()
                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(),
                                              Exprs, Locs.getEnd());
d1286 1
d1290 2
a1291 1
  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1297 4
a1300 6
                ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
                      TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
                : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                                   RParenOrBraceLoc)
          : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                            RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1321 1
a1321 2
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
                                      RParenOrBraceLoc);
a1368 3
    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
                           ? SourceRange()
                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1370 2
a1371 2
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
        Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
d1377 1
a1377 1
/// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
d1380 3
d1412 1
a1412 2
          Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
          CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
d1416 1
a1416 6
      unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
      if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
        Destroying = true;
        ++NumBaseParams;
      }
      if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 2)
d1418 2
a1419 2
      else if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 1) {
        HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isIntegerType();
d1429 1
a1429 1
    explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
a1432 6
      // C++ P0722:
      //   A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
      //   operator delete.
      if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
        return Destroying;

d1449 1
a1449 1
    bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
d1536 1
a1536 1
/// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
a1662 4
    const llvm::Triple &T = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
    StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
        S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());

d1664 2
a1665 2
         << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
         << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString();
d1717 1
a1717 3
            ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                                   Initializer->getLocStart(),
                                                   Initializer->getLocEnd())
a1736 9
    bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
    if (NumInits == 1) {
      if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
        Inits = p->getInits();
        NumInits = p->getNumInits();
        Braced = true;
      }
    }

d1740 5
a1750 3
    if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
      Diag(Initializer->getLocStart(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
          << AllocType << TypeRange;
a1941 1
  AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
d1946 1
a1946 1
                              Scope, Scope, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
d2081 1
a2081 1
/// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
d2102 1
a2102 2
  else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
           !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
d2119 6
a2124 4
static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
    bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
    OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
d2170 1
a2170 2
                                       Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
                                       Diagnose);
d2186 1
a2186 2
                                       Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
                                       /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
d2189 2
a2190 3
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
d2192 20
a2211 21
      // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
      // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
      // Candidates.
      if (AlignedCandidates) {
        auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
          return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
                 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
        };
        auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };

        // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
        // first.
        Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
        AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
                                          R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
        Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
                                  IsUnaligned);
      } else {
        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
      }
d2216 3
a2218 5
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    }
d2222 6
a2227 6
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
          << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
          << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
d2234 3
d2238 3
a2240 4
                                   AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
                                   AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
                                   QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
                                   bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
d2242 1
a2242 2
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
                                   bool Diagnose) {
d2245 2
a2246 3
  // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
  //    the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
  //    allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
d2296 1
a2296 1
    if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
d2307 1
a2307 4
    if (R.empty()) {
      if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
        return true;

a2308 6
    }

    if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
      return true;
    }
d2317 1
a2317 2
                                  OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
                                  /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
d2344 1
a2344 1
  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
a2353 3
    if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
      return true;

a2540 5
  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the implicitly declared new and delete operators
  // are not supported.
  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
    return;

d2827 1
a2827 1
/// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
d2850 1
a2850 1
  /// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
d2861 1
a2861 1
  /// Analyzes a class member.
d2874 1
a2874 1
  /// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
d2876 1
a2876 1
  /// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
d2880 1
a2880 1
  /// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
d2888 1
a2888 1
  /// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
d2896 1
a2896 1
  /// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
d2905 1
a2905 1
  /// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
d3174 1
a3174 2
    if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
        !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
a3248 5
      if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
        return ExprError();
      }

d3262 1
a3262 3
    // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
    // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
    bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
d3265 2
a3266 3
        CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
        IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
a3271 20

    // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
    // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
    // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
    // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
    QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
    if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
      Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
      if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
        // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
        // for access and ambiguity.
        Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
        QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
            Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
        Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
      }
      Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
      if (Ex.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
    }
a3280 122
static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
                                            bool IsDelete,
                                            FunctionDecl *&Operator) {

  DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
      IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);

  LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getLocStart(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
  assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");

  // We do our own custom access checks below.
  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
       FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
                                     Candidates,
                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }

    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
           "class members should not be considered");

    if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
          << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
      S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
          << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
      return true;
    }

    Operator = FnDecl;
    return false;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    return true;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
        << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}

ExprResult
Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
                                             bool IsDelete) {
  CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
        << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
        << "C++";
    return ExprError();
  }
  // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
  // so ensure that they are declared.
  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();

  FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
  if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
                                      OperatorNewOrDelete))
    return ExprError();
  assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");

  TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
    QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
    InitializedEntity Entity =
        InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
    ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
        Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getLocStart(), TheCall->getArg(i));
    if (Arg.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
  }
  auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
  assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
         "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
  Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());

  return TheCallResult;
}

d3285 1
a3285 1
  if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
a3299 6
  // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
  // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
  // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
  if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
    return;

d3331 1
a3331 1
/// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
a3500 4
  // C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
  if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
    return From;

a3559 6
      // C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
      //   [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
      //   conversion sequence is not applied.
      if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
        return From;

d3800 1
a3800 1
    CastKind Kind;
d3820 1
a3820 1
    CastKind Kind;
d4023 1
a4023 1
  if (!isCast(CCK))
d4030 1
a4030 1
/// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
a4143 1
  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
d4179 1
a4179 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
d4427 1
a4427 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
d4520 1
a4520 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
d4559 1
a4559 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
a4582 2
  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
    return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
d4595 1
a4595 3
  // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
  // traits to avoid duplication.
  if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
a4599 1
  case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
a4675 7
    if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
      if (!T->isReferenceType())
        return false;

      return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
    }

d4793 3
a4795 7
  case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
    // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
    Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
    QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
    QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
  }
d5176 3
a5178 11
      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
        // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
        // is (exactly) 'const'.
        if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
          Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a
                        ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
                        : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
        else
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
              << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
d5208 1
a5208 1
/// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
d5233 1
a5233 1
  //      implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
d5302 1
a5302 1
/// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
d5364 1
a5364 1
/// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
d5380 1
a5380 1
/// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
a5683 2
  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
a5689 2
  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
d5691 8
d5704 2
a5705 2
  if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
    assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
d5717 1
a5717 3
  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
d5744 1
a5744 1
/// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
d6134 1
a6134 2
  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
                    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
d6204 3
a6206 2
  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
      Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
d6217 1
a6217 3
  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
             ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
         "not in a decltype expression");
d6259 1
a6259 2
  ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
d6512 1
a6512 1
/// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
d6656 2
a6657 2
  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
d6659 2
a6660 2
  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
d6682 1
a6682 1
  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
d6740 1
a6740 1
  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
d6742 1
a6742 1
    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
d7063 1
a7063 1
/// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
d7086 3
d7117 1
a7117 1
                S.FunctionScopes, Var, S)) {
d7153 1
a7153 1
                S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
d7246 1
a7246 1
  /// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
d7251 2
a7252 1
    for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
d7273 1
a7273 1
  /// If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
d7444 3
d7449 1
@


1.1.1.14.4.2
log
@Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
@
text
@@


1.1.1.14.2.1
log
@Sync with HEAD
@
text
@d11 1
a11 1
/// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
a26 1
#include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
d44 1
a44 1
/// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
a81 44
ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                    bool EnteringContext) {
  CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
  assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
         "not a constructor name");

  // When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
  // friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
  // unresolved "typename" type.
  if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext) {
    QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
    return ParsedType::make(T);
  }

  if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
    return ParsedType();

  // Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
  // diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
  // declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
  // non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
  // member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
  // CheckCompletedCXXClass).
  CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
  for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
    auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
    if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
      InjectedClassName = RD;
      break;
    }
  }
  if (!InjectedClassName && CurClass->isInvalidDecl())
    return ParsedType();
  assert(InjectedClassName && "couldn't find injected class name");

  QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
  DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
  MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);

  return ParsedType::make(T);
}

d358 1
a358 1
  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
d385 1
a385 1
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
d410 1
a410 1
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
a481 6
  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: typeid is not supported.
  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
                     << "typeid");
  }

d562 1
a562 1
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
d582 1
a582 1
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
d697 1
a697 5
      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) &&
      (!getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
       !getLangOpts().OpenMPHostCXXExceptions ||
       isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() ||
       isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()))
d730 1
a730 1
      NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict);
d1116 2
a1117 3
  const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
                                         ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
                                         : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
d1143 1
a1143 1
  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
d1198 2
a1199 2
  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
a1245 4
/// Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
d1248 1
a1248 1
                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
d1250 1
a1250 2
                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                bool ListInitialization) {
d1259 1
a1259 2
  auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
                                          RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
d1269 4
d1275 1
a1275 1
                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
d1277 1
a1277 2
                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                bool ListInitialization) {
d1282 2
a1283 7
    // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
    // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
                           ? SourceRange()
                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(),
                                              Exprs, Locs.getEnd());
d1286 1
d1290 2
a1291 1
  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1297 4
a1300 6
                ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
                      TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
                : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                                   RParenOrBraceLoc)
          : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                            RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1321 1
a1321 2
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
                                      RParenOrBraceLoc);
a1368 3
    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
                           ? SourceRange()
                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1370 2
a1371 2
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
        Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
d1377 1
a1377 1
/// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
d1380 3
d1412 1
a1412 2
          Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
          CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
d1416 1
a1416 6
      unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
      if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
        Destroying = true;
        ++NumBaseParams;
      }
      if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 2)
d1418 2
a1419 2
      else if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 1) {
        HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isIntegerType();
d1429 1
a1429 1
    explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
a1432 6
      // C++ P0722:
      //   A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
      //   operator delete.
      if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
        return Destroying;

d1449 1
a1449 1
    bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
d1536 1
a1536 1
/// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
a1662 4
    const llvm::Triple &T = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
    StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
        S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());

d1664 2
a1665 2
         << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
         << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString();
d1717 1
a1717 3
            ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                                   Initializer->getLocStart(),
                                                   Initializer->getLocEnd())
a1736 9
    bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
    if (NumInits == 1) {
      if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
        Inits = p->getInits();
        NumInits = p->getNumInits();
        Braced = true;
      }
    }

d1740 5
a1750 3
    if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
      Diag(Initializer->getLocStart(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
          << AllocType << TypeRange;
a1941 1
  AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
d1946 1
a1946 1
                              Scope, Scope, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
d2081 1
a2081 1
/// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
d2102 1
a2102 2
  else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
           !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
d2119 6
a2124 4
static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
    bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
    OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
d2170 1
a2170 2
                                       Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
                                       Diagnose);
d2186 1
a2186 2
                                       Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
                                       /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
d2189 2
a2190 3
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
d2192 20
a2211 21
      // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
      // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
      // Candidates.
      if (AlignedCandidates) {
        auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
          return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
                 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
        };
        auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };

        // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
        // first.
        Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
        AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
                                          R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
        Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
                                  IsUnaligned);
      } else {
        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
      }
d2216 3
a2218 5
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    }
d2222 6
a2227 6
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
          << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
          << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
d2234 3
d2238 3
a2240 4
                                   AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
                                   AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
                                   QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
                                   bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
d2242 1
a2242 2
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
                                   bool Diagnose) {
d2245 2
a2246 3
  // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
  //    the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
  //    allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
d2296 1
a2296 1
    if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
d2307 1
a2307 4
    if (R.empty()) {
      if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
        return true;

a2308 6
    }

    if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
      return true;
    }
d2317 1
a2317 2
                                  OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
                                  /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
d2344 1
a2344 1
  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
a2353 3
    if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
      return true;

a2540 5
  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the implicitly declared new and delete operators
  // are not supported.
  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
    return;

d2827 1
a2827 1
/// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
d2850 1
a2850 1
  /// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
d2861 1
a2861 1
  /// Analyzes a class member.
d2874 1
a2874 1
  /// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
d2876 1
a2876 1
  /// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
d2880 1
a2880 1
  /// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
d2888 1
a2888 1
  /// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
d2896 1
a2896 1
  /// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
d2905 1
a2905 1
  /// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
d3174 1
a3174 2
    if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
        !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
a3248 5
      if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
        return ExprError();
      }

d3262 1
a3262 3
    // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
    // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
    bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
d3265 2
a3266 3
        CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
        IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
a3271 20

    // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
    // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
    // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
    // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
    QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
    if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
      Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
      if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
        // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
        // for access and ambiguity.
        Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
        QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
            Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
        Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
      }
      Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
      if (Ex.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
    }
a3280 122
static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
                                            bool IsDelete,
                                            FunctionDecl *&Operator) {

  DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
      IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);

  LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getLocStart(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
  assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");

  // We do our own custom access checks below.
  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
       FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
                                     Candidates,
                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }

    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
           "class members should not be considered");

    if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
          << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
      S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
          << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
      return true;
    }

    Operator = FnDecl;
    return false;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    return true;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
        << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}

ExprResult
Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
                                             bool IsDelete) {
  CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
        << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
        << "C++";
    return ExprError();
  }
  // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
  // so ensure that they are declared.
  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();

  FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
  if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
                                      OperatorNewOrDelete))
    return ExprError();
  assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");

  TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
    QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
    InitializedEntity Entity =
        InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
    ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
        Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getLocStart(), TheCall->getArg(i));
    if (Arg.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
  }
  auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
  assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
         "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
  Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());

  return TheCallResult;
}

d3285 1
a3285 1
  if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
a3299 6
  // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
  // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
  // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
  if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
    return;

d3331 1
a3331 1
/// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
a3500 4
  // C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
  if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
    return From;

a3559 6
      // C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
      //   [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
      //   conversion sequence is not applied.
      if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
        return From;

d3800 1
a3800 1
    CastKind Kind;
d3820 1
a3820 1
    CastKind Kind;
d4023 1
a4023 1
  if (!isCast(CCK))
d4030 1
a4030 1
/// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
a4143 1
  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
d4179 1
a4179 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
d4427 1
a4427 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
d4520 1
a4520 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
d4559 1
a4559 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
a4582 2
  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
    return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
d4595 1
a4595 3
  // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
  // traits to avoid duplication.
  if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
a4599 1
  case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
a4675 7
    if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
      if (!T->isReferenceType())
        return false;

      return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
    }

d4793 3
a4795 7
  case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
    // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
    Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
    QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
    QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
  }
d5176 3
a5178 11
      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
        // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
        // is (exactly) 'const'.
        if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
          Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a
                        ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
                        : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
        else
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
              << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
d5208 1
a5208 1
/// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
d5233 1
a5233 1
  //      implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
d5302 1
a5302 1
/// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
d5364 1
a5364 1
/// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
d5380 1
a5380 1
/// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
a5683 2
  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
a5689 2
  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
d5691 8
d5704 2
a5705 2
  if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
    assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
d5717 1
a5717 3
  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
d5744 1
a5744 1
/// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
d6134 1
a6134 2
  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
                    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
d6204 3
a6206 2
  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
      Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
d6217 1
a6217 3
  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
             ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
         "not in a decltype expression");
d6259 1
a6259 2
  ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
d6512 1
a6512 1
/// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
d6656 2
a6657 2
  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
d6659 2
a6660 2
  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
d6682 1
a6682 1
  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
d6740 1
a6740 1
  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
d6742 1
a6742 1
    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
d7063 1
a7063 1
/// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
d7086 3
d7117 1
a7117 1
                S.FunctionScopes, Var, S)) {
d7153 1
a7153 1
                S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
d7246 1
a7246 1
  /// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
d7251 2
a7252 1
    for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
d7273 1
a7273 1
  /// If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
d7444 3
d7449 1
@


1.1.1.15
log
@Import clang r337282 from trunk
@
text
@d11 1
a11 1
/// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
a26 1
#include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
d44 1
a44 1
/// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
a81 44
ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                    bool EnteringContext) {
  CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
  assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
         "not a constructor name");

  // When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
  // friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
  // unresolved "typename" type.
  if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext) {
    QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
    return ParsedType::make(T);
  }

  if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
    return ParsedType();

  // Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
  // diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
  // declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
  // non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
  // member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
  // CheckCompletedCXXClass).
  CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
  for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
    auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
    if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
      InjectedClassName = RD;
      break;
    }
  }
  if (!InjectedClassName && CurClass->isInvalidDecl())
    return ParsedType();
  assert(InjectedClassName && "couldn't find injected class name");

  QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
  DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
  MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);

  return ParsedType::make(T);
}

d358 1
a358 1
  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
d385 1
a385 1
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
d410 1
a410 1
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
a481 6
  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: typeid is not supported.
  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
                     << "typeid");
  }

d562 1
a562 1
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
d582 1
a582 1
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
d697 1
a697 5
      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) &&
      (!getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
       !getLangOpts().OpenMPHostCXXExceptions ||
       isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() ||
       isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()))
d730 1
a730 1
      NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict);
d1116 2
a1117 3
  const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
                                         ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
                                         : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
d1143 1
a1143 1
  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
d1198 2
a1199 2
  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
a1245 4
/// Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
d1248 1
a1248 1
                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
d1250 1
a1250 2
                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                bool ListInitialization) {
d1259 1
a1259 2
  auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
                                          RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
d1269 4
d1275 1
a1275 1
                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
d1277 1
a1277 2
                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
                                bool ListInitialization) {
d1282 2
a1283 7
    // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
    // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
                           ? SourceRange()
                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(),
                                              Exprs, Locs.getEnd());
d1286 1
d1290 2
a1291 1
  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1297 4
a1300 6
                ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
                      TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
                : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                                   RParenOrBraceLoc)
          : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
                                            RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1321 1
a1321 2
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
                                      RParenOrBraceLoc);
a1368 3
    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
                           ? SourceRange()
                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
d1370 2
a1371 2
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
        Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
d1377 1
a1377 1
/// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
d1380 3
d1412 1
a1412 2
          Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
          CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
d1416 1
a1416 6
      unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
      if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
        Destroying = true;
        ++NumBaseParams;
      }
      if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 2)
d1418 2
a1419 2
      else if (FD->getNumParams() == NumBaseParams + 1) {
        HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isIntegerType();
d1429 1
a1429 1
    explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
a1432 6
      // C++ P0722:
      //   A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
      //   operator delete.
      if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
        return Destroying;

d1449 1
a1449 1
    bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
d1536 1
a1536 1
/// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
a1662 4
    const llvm::Triple &T = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
    StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
        S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());

d1664 2
a1665 2
         << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
         << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString();
d1717 1
a1717 3
            ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                                   Initializer->getLocStart(),
                                                   Initializer->getLocEnd())
a1736 9
    bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
    if (NumInits == 1) {
      if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
        Inits = p->getInits();
        NumInits = p->getNumInits();
        Braced = true;
      }
    }

d1740 5
a1750 3
    if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
      Diag(Initializer->getLocStart(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
          << AllocType << TypeRange;
a1941 1
  AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
d1946 1
a1946 1
                              Scope, Scope, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
d2081 1
a2081 1
/// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
d2102 1
a2102 2
  else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
           !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
d2119 6
a2124 4
static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
    bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
    OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
d2170 1
a2170 2
                                       Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
                                       Diagnose);
d2186 1
a2186 2
                                       Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
                                       /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
d2189 2
a2190 3
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
d2192 20
a2211 21
      // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
      // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
      // Candidates.
      if (AlignedCandidates) {
        auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
          return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
                 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
        };
        auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };

        // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
        // first.
        Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
        AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
                                          R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
        Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
                                  IsUnaligned);
      } else {
        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
      }
d2216 3
a2218 5
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    }
d2222 6
a2227 6
    if (Diagnose) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
          << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
          << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
d2234 3
d2238 3
a2240 4
                                   AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
                                   AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
                                   QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
                                   bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
d2242 1
a2242 2
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
                                   bool Diagnose) {
d2245 2
a2246 3
  // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
  //    the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
  //    allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
d2296 1
a2296 1
    if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
d2307 1
a2307 4
    if (R.empty()) {
      if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
        return true;

a2308 6
    }

    if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
      return true;
    }
d2317 1
a2317 2
                                  OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
                                  /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
d2344 1
a2344 1
  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
a2353 3
    if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
      return true;

a2540 5
  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the implicitly declared new and delete operators
  // are not supported.
  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
    return;

d2827 1
a2827 1
/// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
d2850 1
a2850 1
  /// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
d2861 1
a2861 1
  /// Analyzes a class member.
d2874 1
a2874 1
  /// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
d2876 1
a2876 1
  /// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
d2880 1
a2880 1
  /// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
d2888 1
a2888 1
  /// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
d2896 1
a2896 1
  /// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
d2905 1
a2905 1
  /// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
d3174 1
a3174 2
    if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
        !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
a3248 5
      if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
        return ExprError();
      }

d3262 1
a3262 3
    // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
    // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
    bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
d3265 2
a3266 3
        CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
        IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
a3271 20

    // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
    // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
    // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
    // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
    QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
    if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
      Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
      if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
        // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
        // for access and ambiguity.
        Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
        QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
            Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
        Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
      }
      Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
      if (Ex.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
    }
a3280 122
static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
                                            bool IsDelete,
                                            FunctionDecl *&Operator) {

  DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
      IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);

  LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getLocStart(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
  assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");

  // We do our own custom access checks below.
  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
       FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
                                     Candidates,
                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }

    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
           "class members should not be considered");

    if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
          << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
      S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
          << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
      return true;
    }

    Operator = FnDecl;
    return false;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    return true;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
        << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}

ExprResult
Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
                                             bool IsDelete) {
  CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
        << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
        << "C++";
    return ExprError();
  }
  // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
  // so ensure that they are declared.
  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();

  FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
  if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
                                      OperatorNewOrDelete))
    return ExprError();
  assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");

  TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
    QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
    InitializedEntity Entity =
        InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
    ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
        Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getLocStart(), TheCall->getArg(i));
    if (Arg.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
  }
  auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
  assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
         "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
  Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());

  return TheCallResult;
}

d3285 1
a3285 1
  if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
a3299 6
  // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
  // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
  // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
  if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
    return;

d3331 1
a3331 1
/// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
a3500 4
  // C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
  if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
    return From;

a3559 6
      // C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
      //   [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
      //   conversion sequence is not applied.
      if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
        return From;

d3800 1
a3800 1
    CastKind Kind;
d3820 1
a3820 1
    CastKind Kind;
d4023 1
a4023 1
  if (!isCast(CCK))
d4030 1
a4030 1
/// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
a4143 1
  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
d4179 1
a4179 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
d4427 1
a4427 1
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
d4520 1
a4520 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
d4559 1
a4559 1
          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
a4582 2
  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
    return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
d4595 1
a4595 3
  // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
  // traits to avoid duplication.
  if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
a4599 1
  case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
a4675 7
    if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
      if (!T->isReferenceType())
        return false;

      return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
    }

d4793 3
a4795 7
  case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
    // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
    Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
    QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
    QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
  }
d5176 3
a5178 11
      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
        // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
        // is (exactly) 'const'.
        if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
          Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a
                        ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
                        : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
        else
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
              << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
d5208 1
a5208 1
/// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
d5233 1
a5233 1
  //      implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
d5302 1
a5302 1
/// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
d5364 1
a5364 1
/// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
d5380 1
a5380 1
/// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
a5683 2
  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
a5689 2
  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
d5691 8
d5704 2
a5705 2
  if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
    assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
d5717 1
a5717 3
  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
d5744 1
a5744 1
/// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
d6134 1
a6134 2
  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
                    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
d6204 3
a6206 2
  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
      Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
d6217 1
a6217 3
  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
             ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
         "not in a decltype expression");
d6259 1
a6259 2
  ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
d6512 1
a6512 1
/// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
d6656 2
a6657 2
  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
d6659 2
a6660 2
  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
d6682 1
a6682 1
  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
d6740 1
a6740 1
  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
d6742 1
a6742 1
    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
d7063 1
a7063 1
/// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
d7086 3
d7117 1
a7117 1
                S.FunctionScopes, Var, S)) {
d7153 1
a7153 1
                S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
d7246 1
a7246 1
  /// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
d7251 2
a7252 1
    for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
d7273 1
a7273 1
  /// If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
d7444 3
d7449 1
@


1.1.1.16
log
@Mark old LLVM instance as dead.
@
text
@@


1.1.1.8.4.1
log
@file SemaExprCXX.cpp was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-19 23:47:30 +0000
@
text
@d1 6078
@


1.1.1.8.4.2
log
@Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
@
text
@a0 6078
//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
//
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
///
/// \file
/// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
///
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;

/// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
/// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
/// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
/// name of the corresponding type.
ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                              IdentifierInfo &Name) {
  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();

  // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
  QualType Type;
  switch (NNS->getKind()) {
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
    Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
    break;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
    // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
    // typename type for it.
    assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
    Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
                                        NNS->getAsIdentifier());
    break;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
  }

  // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
  // final identifier in the qualified-id.
  return CreateParsedType(Type,
                          Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
}

ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                   IdentifierInfo &II,
                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                   Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
                                   bool EnteringContext) {
  // Determine where to perform name lookup.

  // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
  // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
  // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
  // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
  // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
  // this appears to be ill-formed:
  //
  //   namespace N {
  //     template <typename T> struct S {
  //       ~S();
  //     };
  //   }
  //
  //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
  //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
  //   }
  //
  // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
  // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
  // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
  QualType SearchType;
  DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
  bool isDependent = false;
  bool LookInScope = false;

  // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
  // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
  // we know what type we're looking for.
  if (ObjectTypePtr)
    SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);

  if (SS.isSet()) {
    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();

    bool AlreadySearched = false;
    bool LookAtPrefix = true;
    // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
    //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
    //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
    //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
    //
    //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
    //
    //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
    //
    // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
    // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
    DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
    if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
      AlreadySearched = true;
      LookupCtx = DC;
      isDependent = false;
    } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
      LookAtPrefix = false;
      LookInScope = true;
    }

    // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
    NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
    if (AlreadySearched) {
      // Nothing left to do.
    } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
      CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
      PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
      isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
    } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
      isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
    } else {
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
      isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
    }
  } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
    // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
    //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
    //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
    //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
    //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
    //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
    //   cv-qualified) T.
    LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
    isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
    assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
           "Caller should have completed object type");

    LookInScope = true;
  } else {
    // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
    LookInScope = true;
  }

  TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
  LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
    // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
    // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
    // we're allowed to look there).
    Found.clear();
    if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
      LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
    else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
      LookupName(Found, S);
    else
      continue;

    // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
    if (Found.isAmbiguous())
      return ParsedType();

    if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
      QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);

      if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
          Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
        // We found our type!

        return CreateParsedType(T,
                                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
      }

      if (!SearchType.isNull())
        NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
    }

    // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
    // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
    // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
    // this is the destructor for that class.
    // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
    // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
    if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
      QualType MemberOfType;
      if (SS.isSet()) {
        if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
          // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
          if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
            MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
        }
      }
      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
        MemberOfType = SearchType;

      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
        continue;

      // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
      // class template we found is the same as the template being
      // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
      if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
        if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
              = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
          if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
                Template->getCanonicalDecl())
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
        }

        continue;
      }

      // We're referring to an unresolved class template
      // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
      // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
      // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
      // has the same name.
      if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
            = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
        TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();

        // The class template we found is the same template being
        // specialized.
        if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
          if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));

          continue;
        }

        // The class template we found has the same name as the
        // (dependent) template name being specialized.
        if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
                                    = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
          if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
              DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));

          continue;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if (isDependent) {
    // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
    // anyway.
    
    // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
    QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
                                   SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                   II, NameLoc);
    return ParsedType::make(T);
  }

  if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
    QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
      << T << SearchType;
    Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
      << T;
  } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
      << &II;
  else {
    SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
                                          diag::err_destructor_class_name);
    if (S) {
      const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
      if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
        DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
                                                 Class->getNameAsString());
    }
  }

  return ParsedType();
}

ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
    if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
      return ParsedType();
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 
           && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
    QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
    if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
      return ParsedType::make(T);
    }
      
    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
      << T << SearchType;
    return ParsedType();
}

bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);

  if (!SS.isValid())
    return false;

  switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
    // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
    // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
    // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
    // case where the scope is dependent.
    Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
      << SS.getScopeRep();
    return true;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    return false;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
}

/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
  //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
  //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
  //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
  //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
  Qualifiers Quals;
  QualType T
    = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
                                      Quals);
  if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
      RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
    return ExprError();

  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}

/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                Expr *E,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
    if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
      ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
      if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      E = result.get();
    }

    QualType T = E->getType();
    if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
      //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
      //   shall be completely-defined.
      if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
        return ExprError();

      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
      //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
      //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
      //   operand. [...]
      if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
        // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
        // and recheck the subexpression.
        ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
        if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
        E = Result.get();

        // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
        MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
      }
    }

    // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
    //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
    //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
    //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
    //   type.
    Qualifiers Quals;
    QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
    if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
      T = UnqualT;
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
    }
  }

  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}

/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // Find the std::type_info type.
  if (!getStdNamespace())
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));

  if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
    IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
    LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
    CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
    // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
      CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    }
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
  }

  if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
  }

  QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);

  if (isType) {
    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
                                   &TInfo);
    if (T.isNull())
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);

    return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
  }

  // The operand is an expression.
  return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}

/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
    if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(),
                                          &HasMultipleGUIDs)) {
      if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      else
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    }
  }

  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}

/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                Expr *E,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
    if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) &&
        !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      else
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    }
  }

  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}

/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
  if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
    IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
    LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
  }

  QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);

  if (isType) {
    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
                                   &TInfo);
    if (T.isNull())
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);

    return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
  }

  // The operand is an expression.
  return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
  assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
         "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
  return new (Context)
      CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
  return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
}

/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
  bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
  if (Ex) {
    // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 
    //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
    //
    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 
    //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
    //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 
    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 
    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 
    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 
    //       exception object
    if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
      if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
        if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
          for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
            if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
              IsThrownVarInScope = true;
              break;
            }
            
            if (S->getFlags() &
                (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
                 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
                 Scope::TryScope))
              break;
          }
        }
      }
  }
  
  return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 
                               bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
  // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
  if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";

  if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";

  if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
    if (ExRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Ex = ExRes.get();
  }
  
  return new (Context)
      CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
}

/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
                                      bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
  // C++ [except.throw]p3:
  //   A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
  //   object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
  //   cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
  //   the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
  //   or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
  if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
    E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
                          E->getValueKind()).get();

  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = Res.get();

  //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
  //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
  QualType Ty = E->getType();
  bool isPointer = false;
  if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    isPointer = true;
  }
  if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
    if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
                            isPointer? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
                                     : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
                            E->getSourceRange()))
      return ExprError();

    if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
                               diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
  // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
  
  // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
  //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 
  //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
  //
  //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 
  //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-clause 
  //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 
  //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 
  //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 
  //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 
  //       exception object
  const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
  if (IsThrownVarInScope)
    NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);

  InitializedEntity Entity =
      InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
                                             /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
  Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
                                        QualType(), E,
                                        IsThrownVarInScope);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = Res.get();

  // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
  const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!RecordTy)
    return E;
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());

  // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
  // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
  MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);

  // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
  if (isPointer)
    return E;

  // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
  if (RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
    return E;

  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
  if (!Destructor)
    return E;

  MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
  CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                        PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
    return ExprError();
  return E;
}

QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
  DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
  QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
  if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
    if (method && method->isInstance())
      ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
  }
  if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
    if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
        CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
      // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
      // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
      // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
      // from.
      QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
      // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 
      // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
      return Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
    }
  }
  return ThisTy;
}

Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 
                                         Decl *ContextDecl,
                                         unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
                                         bool Enabled) 
  : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
{
  if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
    return;

  CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
    Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
  else
    Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
    
  S.CXXThisTypeOverride
    = S.Context.getPointerType(
        S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
  
  this->Enabled = true;
}


Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
  if (Enabled) {
    S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
  }
}

static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
                         QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
  FieldDecl *Field
    = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, ThisTy,
                        Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc),
                        nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
  Field->setImplicit(true);
  Field->setAccess(AS_private);
  RD->addDecl(Field);
  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
}

bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 
    bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
  // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
  if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
    return true;

  const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
    *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;  
 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'.
  unsigned NumClosures = 0;
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
    if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
            dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
      if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
        // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
        break;
      }
      LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
      if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
        // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
        if (BuildAndDiagnose)
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
        return true;
      }
      if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
          Explicit) {
        // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
        NumClosures++;
        Explicit = false;
        continue;
      }
      // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
      if (BuildAndDiagnose)
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
      return true;
    }
    break;
  }
  if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
  // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped.
  // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
  // contexts.
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 
      --idx, --NumClosures) {
    CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
    Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
    QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
    if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
      // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression.
      ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc);
    else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
        = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
      ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc);

    bool isNested = NumClosures > 1;
    CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr);
  }
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
  /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
  /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
  /// which the function is called.

  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
  if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);

  CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
}

bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
  // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
  // type for 'this'.
  if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
    return false;
  
  // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
  // defined.
  CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg exprs,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!TypeRep)
    return ExprError();

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
  QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
  if (!TInfo)
    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());

  return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg Exprs,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
  SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();

  if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
                                              RParenLoc);
  }

  bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
  assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
         && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
      ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);

  // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
  // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
  // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
  // corresponding cast expression.
  if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
    Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
  }

  QualType ElemTy = Ty;
  if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
    if (!ListInitialization)
      return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
                            diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
    ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
  }

  if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
      RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
                          diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
    return ExprError();

  if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
                             diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
    return ExprError();

  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
  InitializationKind Kind =
      Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
      ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
      : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
      : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);

  if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
    return Result;

  Expr *Inner = Result.get();
  if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
    Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
  if (isa<InitListExpr>(Inner)) {
    // If the list-initialization doesn't involve a constructor call, we'll get
    // the initializer-list (with corrected type) back, but that's not what we
    // want, since it will be treated as an initializer list in further
    // processing. Explicitly insert a cast here.
    QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
    Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
        CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
  }

  // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
  return Result;
}

/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                                         QualType allocType) {
  const RecordType *record =
    allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!record) return false;

  // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.

  DeclarationName deleteName =
    S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
  LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());

  // We're just doing this for information.
  ops.suppressDiagnostics();

  // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
  if (ops.empty()) return false;

  // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
  // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
  if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;

  LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
  while (filter.hasNext()) {
    NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();

    // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
    //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
    //   regardless of its signature.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
      filter.erase();
      continue;
    }

    // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
    //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
    //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
    //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
    //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
    //   is a usual deallocation function.
    if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
      filter.erase();
      continue;
    }
  }
  filter.done();

  if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;

  const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
  return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
}

/// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
///
/// E.g.:
/// @@code new (memory) int[size][4] @@endcode
/// or
/// @@code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @@endcode
///
/// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
/// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
/// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
/// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
/// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
/// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
///   if there is none.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
                  Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
  bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();

  Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
  // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
  if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
      D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
    if (TypeContainsAuto)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
        << D.getSourceRange());
    if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
        << D.getSourceRange());
    if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
        << D.getSourceRange());

    ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
    D.DropFirstTypeObject();
  }

  // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
  if (ArraySize) {
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
      if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
        break;

      DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
      if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
        if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y) {
	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
            unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
            assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
            llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
            Array.NumElts
             = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
                                                CCEK_NewExpr)
                 .get();
          } else {
            Array.NumElts
              = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
                                                diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
                  .get();
          }
          if (!Array.NumElts)
            return ExprError();
        }
      }
    }
  }

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
  QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
  if (D.isInvalidType())
    return ExprError();

  SourceRange DirectInitRange;
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
    DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();

  return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
                     PlacementLParen,
                     PlacementArgs,
                     PlacementRParen,
                     TypeIdParens,
                     AllocType,
                     TInfo,
                     ArraySize,
                     DirectInitRange,
                     Initializer,
                     TypeContainsAuto);
}

static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
                                       Expr *Init) {
  if (!Init)
    return true;
  if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
    return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
  if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
    return true;
  else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
    return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
           CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
  else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
    assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
           "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
    return true;
  }
  return false;
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
                  MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
                  SourceRange TypeIdParens,
                  QualType AllocType,
                  TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
                  Expr *ArraySize,
                  SourceRange DirectInitRange,
                  Expr *Initializer,
                  bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
  SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();

  CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
  if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
    assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
  } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
  else {
    assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
            isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
           "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
  }

  Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
  unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
    assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
    Inits = List->getExprs();
    NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
  }

  // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
  if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
        (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
      return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                            diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    if (NumInits > 1) {
      Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
      return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
                            diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    }
    Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
    QualType DeducedType;
    if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
                       << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
                       << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
    if (DeducedType.isNull())
      return ExprError();
    AllocType = DeducedType;
  }

  // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
  // typedef of an array type.
  if (!ArraySize) {
    if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
                              = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
      ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
                                         Context.getSizeType(),
                                         TypeRange.getEnd());
      AllocType = Array->getElementType();
    }
  }

  if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
    return ExprError();

  if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
      isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
    Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
        << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
  }

  // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
      AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
    AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
                                    AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
  }

  QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
    
  if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    ArraySize = result.get();
  }
  // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
  //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
  // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
  //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
  //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
  // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
  //   std::size_t.
  if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult ConvertedSize;
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y) {
      assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");

      ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
						AA_Converting);

      if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 
          ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
        // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
          << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
    } else {
      class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
      protected:
        Expr *ArraySize;
  
      public:
        SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
            : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
              ArraySize(ArraySize) {}

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                             QualType T) override {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
                   << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
        }

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
                   << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
        }

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
        }

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
        }

        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }

        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
          return S.Diag(Loc,
                        S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
                          ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
                          : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
                   << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }
      } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);

      ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
                                                          SizeDiagnoser);
    }
    if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
    QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();

    if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
      return ExprError();

    // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
    //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
    //   with a non-negative value.
    //
    // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
    // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
    // array type.
    //
    // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
    // std::bad_array_new_length.
    if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
      llvm::APSInt Value;
      // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
      // unscoped enumeration type.
      if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
        if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
                        llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
                                 Value.isUnsigned())) {
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
            Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
              << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
          else
            return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                  diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
                             << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
        } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
          unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
            ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
          if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
            if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
              Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                   diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
                << Value.toString(10)
                << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
            else
              return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                    diag::err_array_too_large)
                               << Value.toString(10)
                               << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
          }
        }
      } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
        // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
        Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
          << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());

        TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
      }
    }

    // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
    // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
  }

  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;

  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
      FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
                              SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
                              UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
                              OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
    return ExprError();

  // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
  // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
  if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
    UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
      = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);

  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
  if (OperatorNew) {
    const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
        OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
                                                    : VariadicDoesNotApply;

    // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
    // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
    // argument.
    if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
                               PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
      return ExprError();

    if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
      PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;

    // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
    DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);

    // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
  }

  // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
  // new.
  if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
      (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
       getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) {
    if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
      unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
      if (Align > SuitableAlign)
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
            << AllocType
            << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
            << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
    }
  }

  QualType InitType = AllocType;
  // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
  // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
  // dialect distinction.
  if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
    if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
      SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                            Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
      return ExprError();
    }
    if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
      // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
      // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
      // default-initialization).
      unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
      InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
          llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
                                              ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    }
  }

  // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
  // do it now.
  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
          llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
    // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
    //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
    //   object as follows:
    InitializationKind Kind
    //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
    //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
    //       the object has indeterminate value
      = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
          ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
    //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
    //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
          : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
              ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
              : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                                 DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
                                                 DirectInitRange.getEnd());

    InitializedEntity Entity
      = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
                                          MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    if (FullInit.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
    // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
            dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
      FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();

    Initializer = FullInit.get();
  }

  // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
  if (OperatorNew) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
      return ExprError();
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
  }
  if (OperatorDelete) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
      return ExprError();
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
  }

  // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
  //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
  //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
  QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
  if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
    if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
        MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
        CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 
                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
                                << BaseAllocType);
        if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
          return ExprError();
      }
    }
  }

  return new (Context)
      CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
                 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
                 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
                 Range, DirectInitRange);
}

/// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
/// in a new-expression.
bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
                              SourceRange R) {
  // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
  //   abstract class type or array thereof.
  if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
      << AllocType << 0 << R;
  else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
      << AllocType << 1 << R;
  else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
           RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
    return true;
  else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
    return true;
  else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
             << AllocType;
  else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
      << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
  else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
      QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
      if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
          BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
        return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
          << BaseAllocType;
    }
  }
           
  return false;
}

/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
/// deallocation function.
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
    return false;

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
    return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();

  if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
      FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
    return false;

  if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
    return true;

  return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
         S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
                                          S.Context.getSizeType());
}

/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                   bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
                                   bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
  // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
  // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
  // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
  //   in the scope of the allocated class.
  // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
  //   operator new.
  // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
  //   placement form.

  SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
  // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
  // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
  // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
  IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
                      Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
                      Context.getSizeType(),
                      SourceLocation());
  AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
  std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);

  // C++ [expr.new]p8:
  //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
  //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
  //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
  //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
  //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
  DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                        IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
  DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                        IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);

  QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);

  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
    CXXRecordDecl *Record
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
    if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
      return true;
  }

  if (!OperatorNew) {
    // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
    bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
    if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
                               /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
      if (!FallbackEnabled)
        return true;

      // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
      // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
      // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
      // will not replicate that bug.
      NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
      DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
      if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
      return true;
    }
  }

  // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
  // -fno-exceptions.
  if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
    OperatorDelete = nullptr;
    return false;
  }

  // C++ [expr.new]p19:
  //
  //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
  //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
  //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
  //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
  //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
    CXXRecordDecl *RD
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
  }
  if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
    return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?

  if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  }

  FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;

  // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
  // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
  // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
  //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
  //   A *a = new A()
  bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);

  if (isPlacementNew) {
    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
    //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
    //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
    //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
    //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
    //   identical. [...]
    //
    // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
    // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
    // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
    //
    // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
    QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
    {
      const FunctionProtoType *Proto
        = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();

      SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
      ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
      for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
        ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));

      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
      EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();

      ExpectedFunctionType
        = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
    }

    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
         D != DEnd; ++D) {
      FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
            = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
        // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
        // expected function type.
        TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
        if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
                                    Info))
          continue;
      } else
        Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());

      if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
    }
  } else {
    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
    //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
    //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
         D != DEnd; ++D) {
      if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
        if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
          Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
    }

    // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
    //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
    //   function lookup is used
    // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
    //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
    //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
    //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
    //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
    //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
    //   with one parameter.
    if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
      if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
        Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
      else
        Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
      assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
             "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
  //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
  //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
  //   deallocation function will be called.
  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
    OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;

    // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
    //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
    //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
    //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
    //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
    //   is ill-formed.
    if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
        isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
        << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
                       PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
      if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
        Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
          << DeleteName;
    } else {
      CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
                            Matches[0].first);
    }
  }

  return false;
}

/// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
/// in the specified scope.
///
/// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
/// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
/// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
/// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
/// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
///        translation unit.
/// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
///        Operator.
/// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
///        no allocation function was found.
/// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
///        usable.
bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                  DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
                                  DeclContext *Ctx,
                                  bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
                                  bool Diagnose) {
  LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
  if (R.empty()) {
    if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
      return false;
    return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
      << Name << Range;
  }

  if (R.isAmbiguous())
    return true;

  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
                                   /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
                                   Args, Candidates,
                                   /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }

    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                         /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
                              Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    Operator = FnDecl;
    return false;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << Name << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
        << Name << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
        << Name 
        << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
        << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}


/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
/// delete. These are:
/// @@code
///   // C++03:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
///   // C++11:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
///   // C++1y:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
/// @@endcode
/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
  if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
    return;

  // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
  //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
  //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
  //   program
  //
  //     C++03:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
  //     C++11:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
  //     C++1y:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
  //
  //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
  //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
  //
  // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
  // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
  // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
  // lookup.
  if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
    // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
    // implicitly.
    StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
                                        getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
                                        SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                                      &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
                                        nullptr);
    getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
  }

  GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;

  QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
  QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
  bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;

  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
      VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
      VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
      Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
      Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
    DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
        Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
        Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
    DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
        Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
        Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
  }
}

/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
                                           QualType Return,
                                           QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
                                           bool AddMallocAttr) {
  DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
  unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;

  // Check if this function is already declared.
  DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
  for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
    // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
    if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
      if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
        QualType InitialParam1Type =
            Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
                                         ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
        QualType InitialParam2Type =
            NumParams == 2
                ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
                                               ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
                : QualType();
        // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
        if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
            (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
          if (AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
            Func->addAttr(MallocAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
          // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
          // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
          // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
          Func->setHidden(false);
          return;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;

  QualType BadAllocType;
  bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
    = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
       Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
  if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
      BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
      assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
    }
  } else {
    EPI.ExceptionSpec =
        getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
  }

  QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };

  QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
      Return, ArrayRef<QualType>(Params, NumParams), EPI);
  FunctionDecl *Alloc =
    FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
                         SourceLocation(), Name,
                         FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
  Alloc->setImplicit();

  if (AddMallocAttr)
    Alloc->addAttr(MallocAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));

  ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
    ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
                                        SourceLocation(), nullptr,
                                        Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
                                        SC_None, nullptr);
    ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
  }
  Alloc->setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>(ParamDecls, NumParams));

  Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
  IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
}

FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                                  bool CanProvideSize,
                                                  DeclarationName Name) {
  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();

  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());

  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
  //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
  //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
  llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
  for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                           DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
       D != DEnd; ++D) {
    if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
      if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
        Matches.push_back(Fn);
  }

  // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
  //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
  //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
  //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
  //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
  //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
  //   shall be the function with one parameter.
  if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
    unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
    if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
      Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
    else
      Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
    assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
           "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
  }

  assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
         "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
  return Matches.front();
}

bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                    DeclarationName Name,
                                    FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
  LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
  LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);

  if (Found.isAmbiguous())
    return true;

  Found.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
  for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
       F != FEnd; ++F) {
    NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
    // deallocation function.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
      continue;

    if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
      Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
  }

  // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
    Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());

    if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
      if (Diagnose) {
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
        NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
      }
      return true;
    }

    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
                              Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    return false;

  // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
  } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
        << Name << RD;

      for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
             F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
    }
    return true;
  }

  // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
  // none of them were suitable.
  if (!Found.empty()) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
        << Name << RD;

      for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
           F != FEnd; ++F)
        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
    }
    return true;
  }

  Operator = nullptr;
  return false;
}

/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
/// @@code ::delete ptr; @@endcode
/// or
/// @@code delete [] ptr; @@endcode
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                     bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
  // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
  //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
  //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
  //   void.
  //
  // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.

  ExprResult Ex = ExE;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
  bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;

  if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
    Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
    if (Ex.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();

    class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
    public:
      DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}

      bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
        // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
        // the operator T*.
        if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
          if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
            return true;
        return false;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                            QualType T) override {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType T) override {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                 QualType T,
                                                 QualType ConvTy) override {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
                                             QualType ConvTy) override {
        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
          << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                              QualType T) override {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
                                          QualType ConvTy) override {
        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
          << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType T,
                                               QualType ConvTy) override {
        llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
      }
    } Converter;

    Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
    if (Ex.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Type = Ex.get()->getType();
    if (!Converter.match(Type))
      // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
      //        itself in this case.
      return ExprError();

    QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);

    if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
      return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 
                  diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
               << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;

    CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
    if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
      // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
      // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
      // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
    } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
    } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
      if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
                               diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
        if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
          PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
      }
    }

    // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
    //   [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
    //   delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
    //   (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
    //   of the delete-expression. ]

    if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
          << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
      ArrayForm = true;
    }

    DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                      ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);

    if (PointeeRD) {
      if (!UseGlobal &&
          FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
                                   OperatorDelete))
        return ExprError();

      // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
      // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
      if (ArrayForm) {
        // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
        // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
        if (UseGlobal)
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
            doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);

        // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
        // function we just found.
        else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
      }

      if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
        if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
          MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
                                    const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
          if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
            return ExprError();
        }

      // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
      //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
      //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
      //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
      //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
      //   behavior is undefined.
      //
      // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
      if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
        CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor();
        if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) {
          if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
            // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
            // sure the code has undefined behavior.
            Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor)
                << PointeeElem;
          } else if (!ArrayForm) {
            // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
            // but not necessarily wrong.
            Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
          }
        }
      }

    }

    if (!OperatorDelete)
      // Look for a global declaration.
      OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
          StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) &&
                    (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
                     Pointee.isDestructedType()),
          DeleteName);

    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
    
    // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
    if (PointeeRD) {
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
          CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 
                      PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
      }
    }
  }

  return new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
      Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
      UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
}

/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
                                        SourceLocation StmtLoc,
                                        bool ConvertToBoolean) {
  if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();

  // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
  //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
  if (T->isFunctionType())
    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
                       << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
  else if (T->isArrayType())
    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
                     << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());

  ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
      Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
      /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
      ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);

  MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));

  if (ConvertToBoolean) {
    Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
    if (Condition.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  return Condition;
}

/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
  // C++ 6.4p4:
  // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
  // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
  // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
  // program is ill-formed.
  // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
  // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
  //
  return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
}

/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
/// respectively).
bool
Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
  // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
  if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
    From = Cast->getSubExpr();

  // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
  // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
  // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
  // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
  if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
    if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
      if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
          = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
        // This conversion is considered only when there is an
        // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
        if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
          switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
            case StringLiteral::UTF8:
            case StringLiteral::UTF16:
            case StringLiteral::UTF32:
              // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
              break;
            case StringLiteral::Ascii:
              return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
                      ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
            case StringLiteral::Wide:
              return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
          }
        }
      }

  return false;
}

static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
                                       SourceLocation CastLoc,
                                       QualType Ty,
                                       CastKind Kind,
                                       CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                       bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                                       Expr *From) {
  switch (Kind) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
  case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
    SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;

    if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
      return ExprError();

    if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
      return ExprError();

    S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
                             InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
                             Constructor->getAccess());

    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
        CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
        ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
        /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
        CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
  }

  case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
    assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");

    // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
    CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
                                                 HadMultipleCandidates);
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
    Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
                                      CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
                                      nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());

    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);

    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
  }
  }
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
/// used in the error message.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
                                AssignmentAction Action, 
                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
    ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
                                               Action, CCK);
    if (Res.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = Res.get();
    break;
  }

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {

      FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
      CastKind CastKind;
      QualType BeforeToType;
      assert(FD && "FIXME: aggregate initialization from init list");
      if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
        CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;

        // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
        // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
        // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
        BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
      } else {
        const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
        CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
        // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
        if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
          // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
          // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
          // type required by the argument of the constructor
          BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
        }
      }
      // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
      if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
        ExprResult Res =
          PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
                                    ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
                                    CCK);
        if (Res.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        From = Res.get();
      }

      ExprResult CastArg
        = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
                               From->getLocStart(),
                               ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                               CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
                               ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
                               ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
                               From);

      if (CastArg.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      From = CastArg.get();

      return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
                                       AA_Converting, CCK);
  }

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
    ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
                          PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
                            << From->getSourceRange());
     return ExprError();

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
    llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Everything went well.
  return From;
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
/// conversion, for use in error messages.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
                                AssignmentAction Action, 
                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
  bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
  
  // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
  // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
  // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
  // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  
  if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
    // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
    assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
    if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
      SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
      if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
                                  From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                  ConstructorArgs))
        return ExprError();
      return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
          /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
          ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
          /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
          CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
    }
    return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
        /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
        From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
        /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
        CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
  }

  // Resolve overloaded function references.
  if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
    DeclAccessPair Found;
    FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
                                                          true, Found);
    if (!Fn)
      return ExprError();

    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
      return ExprError();

    From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
    FromType = From->getType();
  }

  // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
  // non-atomic type.
  QualType ToAtomicType;
  if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
    ToAtomicType = ToType;
    ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
  }

  // Perform the first implicit conversion.
  switch (SCS.First) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
    assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
    FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
    ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
    assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
    From = FromRes.get();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
    FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
    FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
  }

  // Perform the second implicit conversion
  switch (SCS.Second) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();
    // Nothing else to do.
    break;

  case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
  case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
    if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
      assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
             SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
             "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    } else {
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    }
    break;

  case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
  case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
  case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
    QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
    QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
    CastKind CK;
    if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
      if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
        CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
      else
        CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
    } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
      CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
    } else {
      CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
    }
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Floating_Integral:
    if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    else
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
  case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
    if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
      // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
      if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
          << ToType << From->getType() << Action
          << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
      else
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
          << From->getType() << ToType << Action
          << From->getSourceRange() << 0;

      if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
          ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
        EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
    } 
    else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
             !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 
                                                    From->getType())) {
      if (Action == AA_Initializing)
        Diag(From->getLocStart(), 
             diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
      else
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 
          << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 
          << From->getSourceRange();
    }
             
    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
      return ExprError();

    // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
    // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
    if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
      ExprResult E = From;
      (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
      From = E.get();
    }
    if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
      CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
             .get();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
      return ExprError();
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();

    // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
    // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
    QualType FromType = From->getType();
    if (FromType->isMemberPointerType())
      if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
        RequireCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), FromType, 0);

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
             .get();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
    // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
    if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
      FromType = Context.FloatTy;
    }

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
                             ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
                                     ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                                     From->getLocStart(),
                                     From->getSourceRange(),
                                     &BasePath,
                                     CStyle))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                      CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
                      &BasePath, CCK).get();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Vector_Splat:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Complex_Real:
    // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
    if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
      QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();

      // x -> y
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
        // do nothing
      } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
      } else {
        assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
      }
      // y -> _Complex y
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
                                     : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();

    // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
    } else {
      const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
      assert(FromComplex);

      QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();

      // _Complex x -> x
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
                                     : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();

      // x -> y
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
        // do nothing
      } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
      } else {
        assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
      }
    }
    break;
  
  case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
    break;
  }
      
  case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
    ExprResult FromRes = From;
    Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
      CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
    if (FromRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = FromRes.get();
    assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
            "Improper transparent union conversion");
    (void)ConvTy;
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                             CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
                             From->getValueKind()).get();
    break;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Qualification:
  case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
  }

  switch (SCS.Third) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case ICK_Qualification: {
    // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
    // target type isn't a reference.
    ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
                                  From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
                             CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();

    if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
        !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
      Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
           ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
           : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
        << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
    }

    break;
  }

  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
  }

  // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
  // that conversion now.
  if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
    assert(Context.hasSameType(
        ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
                             VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
  }

  return From;
}

/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
///
/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
/// returns true.
static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
                                                SourceLocation Loc,
                                                QualType ArgTy) {
  // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
  //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
  //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
  //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
  //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
  //   must be a complete type.
  // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
  // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
  // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
  switch (UTT) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
    // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
    // Fall-through

    // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
    // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
    // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
    // impacted by the completeness of the type.
  case UTT_IsVoid:
  case UTT_IsIntegral:
  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
  case UTT_IsArray:
  case UTT_IsPointer:
  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
  case UTT_IsEnum:
  case UTT_IsUnion:
  case UTT_IsClass:
  case UTT_IsFunction:
  case UTT_IsReference:
  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
  case UTT_IsFundamental:
  case UTT_IsObject:
  case UTT_IsScalar:
  case UTT_IsCompound:
  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
    // Fall-through

    // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
    // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
    // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
    // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
    // Table 49.
  case UTT_IsConst:
  case UTT_IsVolatile:
  case UTT_IsSigned:
  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
    return true;

    // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
    // applied to a complete type.
  case UTT_IsTrivial:
  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
  case UTT_IsPOD:
  case UTT_IsLiteral:
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
    // Fall-through

  // These traits require a complete type.
  case UTT_IsFinal:
  case UTT_IsSealed:

    // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
    // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
    // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
    // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
    // requiring the complete type.
  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
    // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
    QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
    if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
      ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();

    // The void type is expressly allowed.
    if (ElTy->isVoidType())
      return true;

    return !S.RequireCompleteType(
      Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
  }
}

static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                               Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 
                               bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
{
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
  if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
    return true;

  DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
  LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
    bool FoundOperator = false;
    Res.suppressDiagnostics();
    for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
         Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
      if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
        continue;

      CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
      if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
        FoundOperator = true;
        const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
          Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
        CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
          return false;
      }
    }
    return FoundOperator;
  }
  return false;
}

static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
                                   SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");

  ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
  switch(UTT) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
    // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
  case UTT_IsVoid:
    return T->isVoidType();
  case UTT_IsIntegral:
    return T->isIntegralType(C);
  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
    return T->isFloatingType();
  case UTT_IsArray:
    return T->isArrayType();
  case UTT_IsPointer:
    return T->isPointerType();
  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
    return T->isLValueReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
    return T->isRValueReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
    return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
    return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
  case UTT_IsEnum:
    return T->isEnumeralType();
  case UTT_IsUnion:
    return T->isUnionType();
  case UTT_IsClass:
    return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
  case UTT_IsFunction:
    return T->isFunctionType();

    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
  case UTT_IsReference:
    return T->isReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
    return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
  case UTT_IsFundamental:
    return T->isFundamentalType();
  case UTT_IsObject:
    return T->isObjectType();
  case UTT_IsScalar:
    // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
    // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
    // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
    // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
      switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
      case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
        return true;

      case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
        return false;
      }
    }
      
    return T->isScalarType();
  case UTT_IsCompound:
    return T->isCompoundType();
  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
    return T->isMemberPointerType();

    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
    // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
  case UTT_IsConst:
    return T.isConstQualified();
  case UTT_IsVolatile:
    return T.isVolatileQualified();
  case UTT_IsTrivial:
    return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
    return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
    return T->isStandardLayoutType();
  case UTT_IsPOD:
    return T.isPODType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsLiteral:
    return T->isLiteralType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isPolymorphic();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isAbstract();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isInterface();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsFinal:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsSealed:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>())
        return FA->isSpelledAsSealed();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsSigned:
    return T->isSignedIntegerType();
  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
    return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();

    // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
    // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
    // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
    // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
    // specifications.
    //
    //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
    //
    // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
    // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
    // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
    // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
    // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
    // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
    //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
    //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
    //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
    //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
    //   is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
    //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
    //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
    //   true, else it is false.
    // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
    // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
    // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
    // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
    // [class.copy]p12).

    if (T.isConstQualified())
      return false;
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
    // FIXME: Implement UTT_IsDestructible and UTT_IsNothrowDestructible.
    // For now, let's fall through.
  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
    //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
    //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
    //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
      return true;
      
    // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 
        T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
      return true;
      
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
    return false;
  // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
    //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
    //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
    //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
      return false;
    if (T->isReferenceType())
      return false;
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;

    if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
                                &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;

    if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
                                &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
    //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
    //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
          !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
        return true;

      bool FoundConstructor = false;
      unsigned FoundTQs;
      DeclContext::lookup_const_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
      for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con = R.begin(),
           ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
        // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
        // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
        // resolution point.
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
          continue;
        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
        if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
          FoundConstructor = true;
          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
          if (!CPT)
            return false;
          // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
            return false;
        }
      }

      return FoundConstructor;
    }
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
    //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
    //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
    //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
          !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
        return true;

      bool FoundConstructor = false;
      DeclContext::lookup_const_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
      for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con = R.begin(),
           ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
        // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
          continue;
        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
        if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
          FoundConstructor = true;
          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
          if (!CPT)
            return false;
          // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
            return false;
        }
      }
      return FoundConstructor;
    }
    return false;
  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
    //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
        return Destructor->isVirtual();
    return false;

    // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
    // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
    //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
    // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
    //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
    //   function call.
    return !T->isIncompleteType();
  }
}

/// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
/// ARC mode.
static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
  switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
  case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
    return false;

  case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
    return true;

  case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
    return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
}

static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);

static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                              ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
    return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());

  if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
    return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
                                   Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);

  switch (Kind) {
  case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
  case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
  case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
    //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
    //
    //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
    //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
    //     no operation that is not trivial.
    //
    //   The predicate condition for a template specialization 
    //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 
    //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 
    //   variable t:
    //
    //     T t(create<Args>()...);
    assert(!Args.empty());

    // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
    // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
    // unknown bound.
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
      QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
      if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
        continue;

      if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
        return false;
    }

    // Make sure the first argument is a complete type.
    if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
      return false;

    // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
    CXXRecordDecl *RD = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
      return false;

    SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
    SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
    ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
    for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
      QualType T = Args[I]->getType();
      if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType())
        T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
      OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
        OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
                        T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(T)));
    }
    for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
      ArgExprs.push_back(&E);

    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
    InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
                                                                 RParenLoc));
    InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
    if (Init.Failed())
      return false;

    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
      return false;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
      return true;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
      return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
      // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
      // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
      if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType()))
        return false;

      // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
      // calls.
      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
    return false;
  }
    default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
  }
  
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 
                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();

  if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
                               *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
    return ExprError();

  bool Dependent = false;
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
      Dependent = true;
      break;
    }
  }

  bool Result = false;
  if (!Dependent)
    Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);

  return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
                               RParenLoc, Result);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
  ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
  
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
    
    ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);    
  }

  return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
}

static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
  assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
         "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");

  switch(BTT) {
  case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
    // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
    // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
    // regard to cv-qualifiers.

    const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!lhsRecord) return false;

    const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!rhsRecord) return false;

    assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
             == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));

    if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
      return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();

    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
    //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
    //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
    //   complete type.
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 
                          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;

    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
      ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
  }
  case BTT_IsSame:
    return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
  case BTT_TypeCompatible:
    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                           RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
  case BTT_IsConvertible:
  case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
    // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
    //   Given the following function prototype:
    //
    //     template <class T> 
    //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
    //
    //   the predicate condition for a template specialization 
    //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 
    //   the return expression in the following code would be 
    //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
    //   type of the function:
    //
    //     To test() { 
    //       return create<From>();
    //     }
    //
    //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 
    //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 
    //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
    //   is considered.
    //
    // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
    // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
    // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).

    // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
    if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
      return false;

    // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
    if (RhsT->isVoidType())
      return LhsT->isVoidType();

    // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) ||
        Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0))
      return false;

    // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);

    // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
    OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
    Expr *FromPtr = &From;
    InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 
                                                           SourceLocation()));
    
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
    if (Init.Failed())
      return false;

    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
    return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
  }

  case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
  case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
    //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
    //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
    //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
    //
    //   is_assignable is defined as:
    //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 
    //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
    //
    //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 
    //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
    if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;
    if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;

    // cv void is never assignable.
    if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
      return false;

    // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 
    // declval<U>().
    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
    if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
      RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
    OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
    OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
    
    // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
                                        &Rhs);
    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
      return false;

    if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
      return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;

    if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
      // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
      // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
      if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
        return false;

      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
    return false;
  }
    default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     ParsedType Ty,
                                     Expr* DimExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
  QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
  if (!TSInfo)
    TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);

  return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
}

static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                           QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
                                           SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");

  switch(ATT) {
  case ATT_ArrayRank:
    if (T->isArrayType()) {
      unsigned Dim = 0;
      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
        ++Dim;
        T = AT->getElementType();
      }
      return Dim;
    }
    return 0;

  case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
    llvm::APSInt Value;
    uint64_t Dim;
    if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
          diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
          false).isInvalid())
      return 0;
    if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
      Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
        << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
      return 0;
    }
    Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();

    if (T->isArrayType()) {
      unsigned D = 0;
      bool Matched = false;
      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
        if (Dim == D) {
          Matched = true;
          break;
        }
        ++D;
        T = AT->getElementType();
      }

      if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
        if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
          return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
      }
    }
    return 0;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
                                     Expr* DimExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  QualType T = TSInfo->getType();

  // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
  // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
  uint64_t Value = 0;
  if (!T->isDependentType())
    Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);

  // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
  // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
  // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
  // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
  // important distinction.
  return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
                                          RParen, Context.getSizeType());
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      Expr *Queried,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
  if (!Queried)
    return ExprError();

  ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);

  return Result;
}

static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
  switch (ET) {
  case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
  case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      Expr *Queried,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
  } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
    if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
  }

  bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);

  return new (Context)
      ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
}

QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                            ExprValueKind &VK,
                                            SourceLocation Loc,
                                            bool isIndirect) {
  assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
         !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
         "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");

  // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
  if (isIndirect) {
    LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
    if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
  }

  // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
  RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
  if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();

  const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
  //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
  //   class type) [...]
  QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
  const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  if (!MemPtr) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
      << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);

  // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
  // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
  // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
  // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
  // likely to be considered a defect.

  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
  //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
  //   such a class]
  QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
  if (isIndirect) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
      LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    else {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
        << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
      return QualType();
    }
  }

  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
    // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
    if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
                            OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
      return QualType();
    }

    if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
        << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
      return QualType();
    }

    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
                                     SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
                                                 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
                                     &BasePath))
      return QualType();

    // Cast LHS to type of use.
    QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
    ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
                            &BasePath);
  }

  if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
    // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
    // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
     return QualType();
  }

  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
  //   second operand.
  // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
  // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
  QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
  Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());

  // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
  //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
  //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
  //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
  //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
  //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
  if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
    switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
    case RQ_None:
      // Do nothing
      break;

    case RQ_LValue:
      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
          << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      break;

    case RQ_RValue:
      if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
          << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      break;
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
  //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
  //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
  //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
  //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
  //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
  //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
  if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
    VK = VK_RValue;
    return Context.BoundMemberTy;
  } else if (isIndirect) {
    VK = VK_LValue;
  } else {
    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
  }

  return Result;
}

/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
/// as such.
static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
                                SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
                                bool &HaveConversion,
                                QualType &ToType) {
  HaveConversion = false;
  ToType = To->getType();

  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
                                                           SourceLocation());
  // C++0x 5.16p3
  //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
  //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
  //   as follows:
  //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
  bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
  if (ToIsLvalue) {
    //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
    //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
    //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
    QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);

    InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
    if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
      ToType = T;
      HaveConversion = true;
      return false;
    }

    if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
      return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
  }

  //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
  //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
  //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
  QualType FTy = From->getType();
  QualType TTy = To->getType();
  const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
  const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
  bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
  if (FRec && TRec &&
      (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
    //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
    //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
    //         [cv2 > cv1].
    if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
      if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
        InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
        InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
        if (InitSeq) {
          HaveConversion = true;
          return false;
        }

        if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
          return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
      }
    }

    return false;
  }

  //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
  //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
  //        an rvalue).
  //
  // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
  // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
  if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
    TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();

  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
  HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
  ToType = TTy;
  if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
    return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);

  return false;
}

/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
/// conversion to a common type.
static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                    SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
  Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
                                    CandidateSet);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
    case OR_Success: {
      // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
      ExprResult LHSRes =
        Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
                                       Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
      if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
        break;
      LHS = LHSRes;

      ExprResult RHSRes =
        Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
                                       Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
      if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
        break;
      RHS = RHSRes;
      if (Best->Function)
        Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
      return false;
    }
    
    case OR_No_Viable_Function:

      // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
      // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
      // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
      if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
        return true;

      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return true;

    case OR_Ambiguous:
      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
      // the viable candidates.
      break;

    case OR_Deleted:
      llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
  }
  return true;
}

/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
/// TryClassUnification.
static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
                                                           SourceLocation());
  Expr *Arg = E.get();
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return true;

  E = Result;
  return false;
}

/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
///
/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
                                           ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
                                           ExprObjectKind &OK,
                                           SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
  // interface pointers.

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
  //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
  if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
    if (CondRes.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    Cond = CondRes;
  }

  // Assume r-value.
  VK = VK_RValue;
  OK = OK_Ordinary;

  // Either of the arguments dependent?
  if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
    return Context.DependentTy;

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
  //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
  QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
  bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
  bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
  if (LVoid || RVoid) {
    //   ... one of the following shall hold:
    //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
    //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
    //      and value category of the other.
    bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
    bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
    if (LThrow != RThrow) {
      Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
      VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
      // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
      // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
      OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
      return NonThrow->getType();
    }

    //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
    //      type void and is a prvalue.
    if (LVoid && RVoid)
      return Context.VoidTy;

    // Neither holds, error.
    Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
      << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
      << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  // Neither is void.

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
  //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
  //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
  //   those operands to the type of the other.
  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
      (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
    // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
    QualType L2RType, R2LType;
    bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
    if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
      return QualType();
    if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
      return QualType();

    //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
    if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
        << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }

    //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
    //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
    //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
    if (HaveL2R) {
      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    } else if (HaveR2L) {
      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
    }
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
  //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
  //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
  //   operands to the type of the other.
  ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
  ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
      Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
      LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
    // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
    // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
    // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
    Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
    Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
    if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    }
    else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
    }
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
  //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
  //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
  //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
  //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
  // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
  // l-values.
  bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
  if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
      LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
      RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
    if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
        RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
      OK = OK_BitField;
    return LTy;
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
  //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
  //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
  if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
    //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
    //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
    //   program is ill-formed.
    if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
      return QualType();
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
  //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
  //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
  LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
  RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
  if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  RTy = RHS.get()->getType();

  //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
  //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
  //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
  //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
  //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
  //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
  if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
    if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
      // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
      if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
        return QualType();
      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);

      ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                     SourceLocation(),
                                                     LHS);
      if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
        return QualType();

      ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                     SourceLocation(),
                                                     RHS);
      if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
        return QualType();

      LHS = LHSCopy;
      RHS = RHSCopy;
    }

    return LTy;
  }

  // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
  if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);

  //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
  //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
  //      common type, and the result is of that type.
  if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
    UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    return LHS.get()->getType();
  }

  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
  //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
  //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
  //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
  //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
  //      pointer type.
  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
  //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
  //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
  //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
  //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
  //      operand. The result is of the common type.
  bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
  QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
                                 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
                                                   : &NonStandardCompositeType);
  if (!Composite.isNull()) {
    if (NonStandardCompositeType)
      Diag(QuestionLoc,
           diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
        << LTy << RTy << Composite
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();

    return Composite;
  }

  // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
  Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
  if (!Composite.isNull())
    return Composite;

  // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
  if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
    return QualType();

  Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
    << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
    << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
///
/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @@p E1
/// and @@p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
/// type and returns it.
/// It does not emit diagnostics.
///
/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
///
/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
/// will be set true.
QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
                                        Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
                                        bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
  if (NonStandardCompositeType)
    *NonStandardCompositeType = false;

  assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
  QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();

  // C++11 5.9p2
  //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
  //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
  //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
  //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
  //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
  if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
      !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
    if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
        E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
      return T1;
    }
    if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
        E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
      return T2;
    }
    return QualType();
  }

  if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
    else
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
    return T2;
  }
  if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
    else
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
    return T1;
  }

  // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
  if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
      (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
    return QualType();

  //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
  //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
  //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
  //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
  //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
  //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
  // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
  // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
  // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
  // types are the same, we have succeeded.
  // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
  typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
  QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
      ContainingClassVector;
  ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
  QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
           Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
  unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
  do {
    const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
    if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
        (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
      Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
      Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();

      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
      if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
          Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();

      QualifierUnion.push_back(
                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
      continue;
    }

    const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
    if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
        (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
      Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
      Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();

      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
      if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
          Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();

      QualifierUnion.push_back(
                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
                                             MemPtr2->getClass()));
      continue;
    }

    // FIXME: block pointer types?

    // Cannot unwrap any more types.
    break;
  } while (true);

  if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
    // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
    // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
    // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
      if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
        QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
        *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
      }
    }
  }

  // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
  ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
    = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
  for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
         I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
         E = QualifierUnion.rend();
       I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
    Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
    if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
      // Rebuild member pointer type
      Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
                                    Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
                                    MOC->first);
      Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
                                    Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
                                    MOC->second);
    } else {
      // Rebuild pointer type
      Composite1
        = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
      Composite2
        = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
    }
  }

  // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
  InitializedEntity Entity1
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
  InitializationKind Kind
    = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
  InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
  InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);

  if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
    // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
    if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
      // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
      // Composite2 is also viable.
      InitializedEntity Entity2
        = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
      InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
      InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
      if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
        // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
        // this is an ambiguity.
        return QualType();
      }
    }

    // Convert E1 to Composite1
    ExprResult E1Result
      = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
    if (E1Result.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();

    // Convert E2 to Composite1
    ExprResult E2Result
      = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
    if (E2Result.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();

    return Composite1;
  }

  // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
  InitializedEntity Entity2
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
  InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
  InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
  if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
    return QualType();

  // Convert E1 to Composite2
  ExprResult E1Result
    = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
  if (E1Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();

  // Convert E2 to Composite2
  ExprResult E2Result
    = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
  if (E2Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();

  return Composite2;
}

ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
  if (!E)
    return ExprError();

  assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");

  // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
  if (!E->isRValue())
    return E;

  // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
  // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {

    bool ReturnsRetained;

    // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
    // called value.
    if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
      Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
      QualType T = Callee->getType();

      if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
        // Handle pointer-to-members.
        if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
          T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
        else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
          T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
      }
      
      if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
        T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
      
      const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
      assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
      ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();

    // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
    // type always produce a +1 object.
    } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
      ReturnsRetained = true;

    // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
    // we don't want any extra casts here.
    } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
               isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
      return E;

    // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
    // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
    // cases where we don't have an actual method.
    } else {
      ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
      if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
        D = Send->getMethodDecl();
      } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
        D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
      } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
        D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
      } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
                                        = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
        D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
      }

      ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());

      // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
      // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
      // return an object.
      if (!ReturnsRetained &&
          D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
        return E;
    }

    // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
    if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
      return E;

    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;

    CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
                                   : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
    return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
                                    VK_RValue);
  }

  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
    return E;

  // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
  // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
  const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
  const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
  while (!RT) {
    switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
    case Type::Record:
      RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
      break;
    case Type::ConstantArray:
    case Type::IncompleteArray:
    case Type::VariableArray:
    case Type::DependentSizedArray:
      T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
      break;
    default:
      return E;
    }
  }

  // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
  // not processing a decltype expression.
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
    return E;

  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);

  if (Destructor) {
    MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
    CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
                            << E->getType());
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
      return ExprError();

    // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
    if (Destructor->isTrivial())
      return E;

    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);

  if (IsDecltype)
    ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);

  return Bind;
}

ExprResult
Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
  if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
}

Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
  assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");

  CleanupVarDeclMarking();

  unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
  assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
  assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
  if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
    return SubExpr;

  ArrayRef<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject> Cleanups
    = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
                         ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);

  Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
  DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();

  return E;
}

Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
  assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");

  CleanupVarDeclMarking();

  if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
    return SubStmt;

  // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
  // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
  // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
  // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
                                                      SourceLocation(),
                                                      SourceLocation());
  Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
                                   SourceLocation());
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
}

/// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
/// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
/// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
/// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");

  // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
  //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
  // -- if the function call is either
  //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
  //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
  //      decltype-specifier,
  //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.

  // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
  // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
  if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
    ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
    if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
      return E;
    return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
  }
  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
      ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
      if (RHS.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
      if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
        return E;
      return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
          BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
          BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
    }
  }

  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
  CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
                              : nullptr;
  if (TopCall)
    E = TopCall;
  else
    TopBind = nullptr;

  // Disable the special decltype handling now.
  ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;

  // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
  // decltype expression.
  if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
    return E;

  // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
       I != N; ++I) {
    CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
    if (Call == TopCall)
      continue;

    if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(),
                            Call->getLocStart(),
                            Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
  // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
       I != N; ++I) {
    CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
      ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
    if (Bind == TopBind)
      continue;

    CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();

    CXXRecordDecl *RD =
      Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
    Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);

    MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
    CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
                            << Bind->getType());
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
      return ExprError();

    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
  return E;
}

/// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
                               ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
  unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
  // FIXME: Make this configurable?
  unsigned Limit = 9;
  if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
    // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
    SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
    SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
  }

  for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
    if (I == SkipStart) {
      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
             diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
          << SkipCount;
      I += SkipCount;
    } else {
      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
          << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
      ++I;
    }
  }
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
                                   bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
  // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.get();

  Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.get();

  QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
  MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
  if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
    // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
    // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
    // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
    if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
      if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
        BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();

    ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
    return Base;
  }

  // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
  //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
  //   returned, with the original second operand.
  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
    QualType StartingType = BaseType;
    bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
    bool FirstIteration = true;
    FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
    // The set of types we've considered so far.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
    SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
    CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));

    while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
      if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
          << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
          << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
        return ExprError();
      }

      Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
          S, Base, OpLoc,
          // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
          // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
          // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
          // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
          (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
              ? nullptr
              : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
        if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
          if (FirstIteration) {
            Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
              << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
            OpKind = tok::period;
            break;
          }
          Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
            << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
          CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
          if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
            Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
                 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
          }
        }
        return ExprError();
      }
      Base = Result.get();
      if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
        OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
      BaseType = Base->getType();
      CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
      if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
        return ExprError();
      }
      FirstIteration = false;
    }

    if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
        (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
      BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
  }

  // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
  // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
    BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
  
  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
  //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
  //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
  //   postfix-expression.
  //
  // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
  // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
  // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions.
  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
  } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
    ObjectType = ParsedType();
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
    return Base;
  }

  // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
  // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
  //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
  //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 
  //   the member function body.
  if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
      !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
      RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
    return ExprError();

  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
  //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
  //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
  //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
  //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
  ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
  return Base;
}

ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                                   Expr *MemExpr) {
  SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
  Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
    << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");

  return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr,
                       MemExpr,
                       /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
                       None,
                       /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
}

static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 
                   tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
    Base = result.get();
  }
  ObjectType = Base->getType();

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
  //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
  //   This scalar type is the object type.
  // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
  // arrow operator.
  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
      // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
        << ObjectType << true
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
      if (S.isSFINAEContext())
        return true;

      OpKind = tok::period;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                         PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();

  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
      !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
    if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
    else {
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
        << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
  //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
  if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
    QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
    SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
      = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
    if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
      if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
        Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
          << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
          << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
        DestructedType = ObjectType;
        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
      } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 
                                                ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
        
        if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
          // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
          // type.
        } else {
          Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
            << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
            << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
        }
        
        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
        DestructedType = ObjectType;
        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
  //   form
  //
  //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
  //
  //   shall designate the same scalar type.
  if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
    QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
    if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
        !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {

      Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
        << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
        << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

      ScopeType = QualType();
      ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
    }
  }

  Expr *Result
    = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
                                            OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
                                            SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                            ScopeTypeInfo,
                                            CCLoc,
                                            TildeLoc,
                                            Destructed);

  if (HasTrailingLParen)
    return Result;

  return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                           UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
         "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
         "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");

  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
  // record types and dependent types matter.
  ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
  if (!SS.isSet()) {
    if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
    else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
  }

  // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
  // type (with source-location information).
  QualType DestructedType;
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
    ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
                               S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
    if (!T &&
        ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
         (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
      // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
      // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
      // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
      // template instantiation time.
      Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
                                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
    } else if (!T) {
      Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
        << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
      if (isSFINAEContext())
        return ExprError();

      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
      DestructedType = ObjectType;
    } else
      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
  } else {
    // Resolve the template-id to a type.
    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                       TemplateId->NumArgs);
    TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
                                       TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
                                       TemplateId->Template,
                                       TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
                                       TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
                                       TemplateArgsPtr,
                                       TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
    if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
      DestructedType = ObjectType;
    } else
      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
  }

  // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
  // information.
  if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
    if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
      DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
                                                  SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
    Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
  }

  // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
  QualType ScopeType;
  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
      FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
      ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
                                 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
                                 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
      if (!T) {
        Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
             diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
          << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;

        if (isSFINAEContext())
          return ExprError();

        // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
        ScopeType = QualType();
      } else
        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
    } else {
      // Resolve the template-id to a type.
      TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
      TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
                                         TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
                                         TemplateId->Template,
                                         TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
                                         TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
                                         TemplateArgsPtr,
                                         TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
      if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
        // Recover by dropping this type.
        ScopeType = QualType();
      } else
        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
    }
  }

  if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
    ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
                                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation);


  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
                                   ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
                                   Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc, 
                                           const DeclSpec& DS,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());

  TypeLocBuilder TLB;
  DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
  DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);

  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
                                   nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
                                   Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                        CXXConversionDecl *Method,
                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
  if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
      Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
    // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
    // is a LambdaExpr.
    Expr *SubE = E;
    CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
    if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
      SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
    SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
      SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
    if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
      // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
      // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
      // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
      // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
      // autoreleased.
      DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
      ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
                                                     E->getExprLoc(),
                                                     Method, E);
      if (Exp.isInvalid())
        Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
      return Exp;
    }
  }

  ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                          FoundDecl, Method);
  if (Exp.isInvalid())
    return true;

  MemberExpr *ME =
      new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
                               SourceLocation(), Context.BoundMemberTy,
                               VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
  if (HadMultipleCandidates)
    ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
  MarkMemberReferenced(ME);

  QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
  ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

  CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
    new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
                                    Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
  return CE;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
  return new (Context)
      CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
                                   Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
  return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
}

static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
  // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
  // according to [expr]p10:
  //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
  //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
  //   one of the following forms:
  E = E->IgnoreParens();

  //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
  if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
  if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - class member access (5.2.5),
  if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - indirection (5.3.1),
  if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
    if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
      return true;

  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
    if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
      return true;

    //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
  }

  //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
  //     operands are one of the above, or
  if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
    return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
           IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
  // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
  if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
          dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
    if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
             IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
  }

  // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
  if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
/// context that ignores the result.
ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
  if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
    E = result.get();
  }

  // C99 6.3.2.1:
  //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
  //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
  //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
  if (E->isRValue()) {
    // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
    // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
    // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
    // some clients.
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
      return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);

    return E;
  }

  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
    // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
    // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
    // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
    // conversion.
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
        E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
        IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
      ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
      if (Res.isInvalid())
        return E;
      E = Res.get();
    } 
    return E;
  }

  // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
  if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
      // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
      return E;
    }
  }

  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return E;
  E = Res.get();

  if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
    RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
                        diag::err_incomplete_type);
  return E;
}

// If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
// in a constant expression, return true.
//  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
//    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
//  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
//    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
//    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 
//    never be a constant expression.
//  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
//    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
//      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
//        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 
    ASTContext &Context) {
  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
  const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;

  // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
  if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
  assert(DefVD);
  if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
  EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();

  Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);

  if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
    // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
    // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
    // initializer is a potential constant expression.
    return false;
  }

  return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 
}

/// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 
/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 
/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 
/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any 
/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 
/// need to be captured.

static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
    Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {

  assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());  
  assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 
  assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 
      "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");

  const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();

  ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
      S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
  
  // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
  // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
  // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
  const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
      CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
    Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
    VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
    CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
    // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
    // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 
    // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
    // For e.g.:
    // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
    // int test() {
    //   const int x = 10;
    //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
    //     (void) +x + a;
    //   };
    // }
    if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
        !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
      continue;

    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
    // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
      MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
                         &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
    } 
    const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 
        VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
    if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
      // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
      // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 
      // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 
      // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
      // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
      // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
      QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
      SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
      if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 
                          DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
        // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
        // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
        S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 
                          DeclRefType, nullptr);
      }
    }
  }

  // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
  if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
    // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
      S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
                            /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
                            &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
    }
  }

  // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
  CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
}


ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
                                     bool DiscardedValue,
                                     bool IsConstexpr, 
                                     bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
  ExprResult FullExpr = FE;

  if (!FullExpr.get())
    return ExprError();
 
  // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 
  // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 
  // containing full-expression is done).
  // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
  //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
  //     return a;
  //   }() ...);
  // }
  // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
  // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
  // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
  // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
  // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
  // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
  // parser/instantiation has got to).
  if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 
      DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
    return ExprError();

  // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
  if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
      FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
    FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  if (DiscardedValue) {
    FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);

  // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 
  // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 
  // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
  // Consider the following code:
  // void f(int, int);
  // void f(const int&, double);
  // void foo() {   
  //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
  //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
  //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
  //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
  //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
  //      };
  //   };
  // }

  // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 
  // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:   
  //   void f() {
  //     const int n = 0;
  //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
  //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
  //     };
  //   }
  // 
  // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 
  // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 
  // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 
  // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.

  LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
  // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 
  // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
  // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.  
  // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
  // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
  // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 
  // PR, a proper fix would entail :
  //   "Alternative suggestion:
  //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 
  //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 
  //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 
  //     constructor/destructor.
  //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 
  //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
  if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
      CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
    CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
                                                              *this);
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
}

StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
  if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();

  return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
}

Sema::IfExistsResult 
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
  DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
  if (!TargetName)
    return IER_DoesNotExist;
  
  // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
  if (TargetName.isDependentName())
    return IER_Dependent;
  
  // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
  LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
                 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
  LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
  R.suppressDiagnostics();
  
  switch (R.getResultKind()) {
  case LookupResult::Found:
  case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
  case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
  case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
    return IER_Exists;
    
  case LookupResult::NotFound:
    return IER_DoesNotExist;
    
  case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
    return IER_Dependent;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
}

Sema::IfExistsResult 
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                                   bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   UnqualifiedId &Name) {
  DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
  
  // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
  SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
  collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
  collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
  if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
    DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
                                     IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 
                                               : UPPC_IfNotExists, 
                                     Unexpanded);
    return IER_Error;
  }
  
  return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
}
@


1.1.1.6.4.1
log
@file SemaExprCXX.cpp was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 16:18:29 +0000
@
text
@d1 6089
@


1.1.1.6.4.2
log
@sync with head.

for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.

this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs.  ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
@
text
@a0 6089
//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
//
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
///
/// \file
/// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
///
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;

/// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
/// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
/// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
/// name of the corresponding type.
ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                              IdentifierInfo &Name) {
  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();

  // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
  QualType Type;
  switch (NNS->getKind()) {
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
    Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
    break;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
    // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
    // typename type for it.
    assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
    Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
                                        NNS->getAsIdentifier());
    break;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
  }

  // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
  // final identifier in the qualified-id.
  return CreateParsedType(Type,
                          Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
}

ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                   IdentifierInfo &II,
                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                   Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
                                   bool EnteringContext) {
  // Determine where to perform name lookup.

  // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
  // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
  // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
  // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
  // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
  // this appears to be ill-formed:
  //
  //   namespace N {
  //     template <typename T> struct S {
  //       ~S();
  //     };
  //   }
  //
  //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
  //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
  //   }
  //
  // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
  // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
  // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
  QualType SearchType;
  DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
  bool isDependent = false;
  bool LookInScope = false;

  // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
  // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
  // we know what type we're looking for.
  if (ObjectTypePtr)
    SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);

  if (SS.isSet()) {
    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();

    bool AlreadySearched = false;
    bool LookAtPrefix = true;
    // C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
    //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
    //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
    //   nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
    //
    //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier  ~ class-name
    //
    //   where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
    //   a qualified-id of the form:
    //
    //     ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name ::  ~ class-name
    //
    //   the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
    //   the nested-name-specifier.
    //
    // Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
    // code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
    // nested-name-specifier.
    DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
    if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
      AlreadySearched = true;
      LookupCtx = DC;
      isDependent = false;
    } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
      LookAtPrefix = false;

    // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
    NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
    if (AlreadySearched) {
      // Nothing left to do.
    } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
      CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
      PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
      isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
    } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
      isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
    } else {
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
      isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
    }

    LookInScope = false;
  } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
    // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
    //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
    //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
    //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
    //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
    //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
    //   cv-qualified) T.
    LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
    isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
    assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
           "Caller should have completed object type");

    LookInScope = true;
  } else {
    // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
    LookInScope = true;
  }

  TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
  LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
    // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
    // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
    // we're allowed to look there).
    Found.clear();
    if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
      LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
    else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
      LookupName(Found, S);
    else
      continue;

    // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
    if (Found.isAmbiguous())
      return ParsedType();

    if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
      QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);

      if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
          Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
        // We found our type!

        return CreateParsedType(T,
                                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
      }

      if (!SearchType.isNull())
        NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
    }

    // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
    // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
    // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
    // this is the destructor for that class.
    // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
    // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
    if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
      QualType MemberOfType;
      if (SS.isSet()) {
        if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
          // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
          if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
            MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
        }
      }
      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
        MemberOfType = SearchType;

      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
        continue;

      // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
      // class template we found is the same as the template being
      // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
      if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
        if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
              = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
          if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
                Template->getCanonicalDecl())
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
        }

        continue;
      }

      // We're referring to an unresolved class template
      // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
      // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
      // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
      // has the same name.
      if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
            = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
        TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();

        // The class template we found is the same template being
        // specialized.
        if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
          if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));

          continue;
        }

        // The class template we found has the same name as the
        // (dependent) template name being specialized.
        if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
                                    = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
          if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
              DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
            return CreateParsedType(
                MemberOfType,
                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));

          continue;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if (isDependent) {
    // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
    // anyway.
    
    // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
    QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
                                   SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                   II, NameLoc);
    return ParsedType::make(T);
  }

  if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
    QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
      << T << SearchType;
    Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
      << T;
  } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
      << &II;
  else {
    SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
                                          diag::err_destructor_class_name);
    if (S) {
      const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
      if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
        DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
                                                 Class->getNameAsString());
    }
  }

  return ParsedType();
}

ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
    if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
      return ParsedType();
    assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 
           && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
    QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
    QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
    if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
      return ParsedType::make(T);
    }
      
    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
      << T << SearchType;
    return ParsedType();
}

bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                  const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);

  if (!SS.isValid())
    return false;

  switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
    // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
    // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
    // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
    // case where the scope is dependent.
    Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
      << SS.getScopeRep();
    return true;

  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
    return false;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
}

/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
  //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
  //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
  //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
  //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
  Qualifiers Quals;
  QualType T
    = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
                                      Quals);
  if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
      RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
    return ExprError();

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           Operand,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                Expr *E,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
    if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
      ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
      if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      E = result.take();
    }

    QualType T = E->getType();
    if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
      //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
      //   shall be completely-defined.
      if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
        return ExprError();

      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
      //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
      //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
      //   operand. [...]
      if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
        // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
        // and recheck the subexpression.
        ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
        if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
        E = Result.take();

        // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
        MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
      }
    }

    // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
    //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
    //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
    //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
    //   type.
    Qualifiers Quals;
    QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
    if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
      T = UnqualT;
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).take();
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           E,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // Find the std::type_info type.
  if (!getStdNamespace())
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));

  if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
    IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
    LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
    CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
    // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
      CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    }
    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
  }

  if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
  }

  QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);

  if (isType) {
    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
                                   &TInfo);
    if (T.isNull())
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);

    return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
  }

  // The operand is an expression.
  return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}

/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
    if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType(),
                                          &HasMultipleGUIDs)) {
      if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      else
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           Operand,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
                                Expr *E,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    bool HasMultipleGUIDs = false;
    if (!CXXUuidofExpr::GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType(), &HasMultipleGUIDs) &&
        !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      if (HasMultipleGUIDs)
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
      else
        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
                                           E,
                                           SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
}

/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
  if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
    IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
    LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
    if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
  }

  QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);

  if (isType) {
    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
                                   &TInfo);
    if (T.isNull())
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);

    return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
  }

  // The operand is an expression.
  return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
  assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
         "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
                                                Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
}

/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
}

/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
  bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
  if (Ex) {
    // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 
    //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
    //
    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 
    //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
    //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 
    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 
    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 
    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 
    //       exception object
    if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
      if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
        if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
          for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
            if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
              IsThrownVarInScope = true;
              break;
            }
            
            if (S->getFlags() &
                (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
                 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
                 Scope::TryScope))
              break;
          }
        }
      }
  }
  
  return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 
                               bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
  // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
  if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
  
  if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
    if (ExRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Ex = ExRes.take();
  }
  
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc,
                                          IsThrownVarInScope));
}

/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
                                      bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
  // C++ [except.throw]p3:
  //   A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
  //   object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
  //   cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
  //   the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
  //   or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
  if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
    E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
                          E->getValueKind()).take();

  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = Res.take();

  //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
  //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
  QualType Ty = E->getType();
  bool isPointer = false;
  if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    isPointer = true;
  }
  if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
    if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
                            isPointer? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
                                     : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
                            E->getSourceRange()))
      return ExprError();

    if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
                               diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
  // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
  
  // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
  //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 
  //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
  //
  //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 
  //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-clause 
  //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 
  //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 
  //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 
  //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 
  //       exception object
  const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = 0;
  if (IsThrownVarInScope)
    NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
  
  InitializedEntity Entity =
      InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
                                             /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != 0);
  Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
                                        QualType(), E,
                                        IsThrownVarInScope);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = Res.take();

  // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
  const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!RecordTy)
    return Owned(E);
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());

  // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
  // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
  MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);

  // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
  if (isPointer)
    return Owned(E);

  // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
  if (RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
    return Owned(E);

  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
  if (!Destructor)
    return Owned(E);

  MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
  CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                        PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
    return ExprError();
  return Owned(E);
}

QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
  DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
  QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
  if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
    if (method && method->isInstance())
      ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
  }
  
  return ThisTy;
}

Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 
                                         Decl *ContextDecl,
                                         unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
                                         bool Enabled) 
  : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
{
  if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
    return;
  
  CXXRecordDecl *Record = 0;
  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
    Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
  else
    Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
    
  S.CXXThisTypeOverride
    = S.Context.getPointerType(
        S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
  
  this->Enabled = true;
}


Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
  if (Enabled) {
    S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
  }
}

static Expr *captureThis(ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
                         QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc) {
  FieldDecl *Field
    = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, 0, ThisTy,
                        Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ThisTy, Loc),
                        0, false, ICIS_NoInit);
  Field->setImplicit(true);
  Field->setAccess(AS_private);
  RD->addDecl(Field);
  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
}

bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit, 
    bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
  // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
  if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
    return true;

  const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
    *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;  
 // Otherwise, check that we can capture 'this'.
  unsigned NumClosures = 0;
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
    if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
            dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
      if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
        // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
        break;
      }
      LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
      if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
        // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
        if (BuildAndDiagnose)
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
        return true;
      }
      if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
          Explicit) {
        // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
        NumClosures++;
        Explicit = false;
        continue;
      }
      // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
      if (BuildAndDiagnose)
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) << Explicit;
      return true;
    }
    break;
  }
  if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
  // Mark that we're implicitly capturing 'this' in all the scopes we skipped.
  // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
  // contexts.
  for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumClosures; 
      --idx, --NumClosures) {
    CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
    Expr *ThisExpr = 0;
    QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
    if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
      // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression.
      ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc);
    else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
        = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
      ThisExpr = captureThis(Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc);

    bool isNested = NumClosures > 1;
    CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr);
  }
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
  /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
  /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
  /// which the function is called.

  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
  if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);

  CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false));
}

bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
  // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
  // type for 'this'.
  if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
    return false;
  
  // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
  // defined.
  CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
  return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg exprs,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (!TypeRep)
    return ExprError();

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
  QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
  if (!TInfo)
    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());

  return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
}

/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg Exprs,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
  SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();

  if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
    return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
                                                    LParenLoc,
                                                    Exprs,
                                                    RParenLoc));
  }

  bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
  assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
         && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
      ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);

  // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
  // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
  // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
  // corresponding cast expression.
  if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
    Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
  }

  QualType ElemTy = Ty;
  if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
    if (!ListInitialization)
      return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
                            diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
    ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
  }

  if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
      RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
                          diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
    return ExprError();

  if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
                             diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
    return ExprError();

  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
  InitializationKind Kind =
      Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
      ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
      : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
      : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);

  if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
    return Result;

  Expr *Inner = Result.get();
  if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
    Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
  if (isa<InitListExpr>(Inner)) {
    // If the list-initialization doesn't involve a constructor call, we'll get
    // the initializer-list (with corrected type) back, but that's not what we
    // want, since it will be treated as an initializer list in further
    // processing. Explicitly insert a cast here.
    QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
    Result = Owned(CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
        CK_NoOp, Result.take(), /*Path=*/ 0, LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
  }

  // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
  return Result;
}

/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                                         QualType allocType) {
  const RecordType *record =
    allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!record) return false;

  // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.

  DeclarationName deleteName =
    S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
  LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());

  // We're just doing this for information.
  ops.suppressDiagnostics();

  // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
  if (ops.empty()) return false;

  // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
  // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
  if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;

  LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
  while (filter.hasNext()) {
    NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();

    // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
    //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
    //   regardless of its signature.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
      filter.erase();
      continue;
    }

    // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
    //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
    //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
    //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
    //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
    //   is a usual deallocation function.
    if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
      filter.erase();
      continue;
    }
  }
  filter.done();

  if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;

  const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
  return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
}

/// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
///
/// E.g.:
/// @@code new (memory) int[size][4] @@endcode
/// or
/// @@code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @@endcode
///
/// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
/// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
/// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
/// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
/// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
/// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
///   if there is none.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
                  Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
  bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();

  Expr *ArraySize = 0;
  // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
  if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
      D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
    if (TypeContainsAuto)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
        << D.getSourceRange());
    if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
        << D.getSourceRange());
    if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
        << D.getSourceRange());

    ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
    D.DropFirstTypeObject();
  }

  // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
  if (ArraySize) {
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
      if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
        break;

      DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
      if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
        if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y) {
	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
            unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
            assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
            llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
            Array.NumElts
             = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
                                                CCEK_NewExpr)
                 .take();
          } else {
            Array.NumElts
              = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, 0,
                                                diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
                  .take();
          }
          if (!Array.NumElts)
            return ExprError();
        }
      }
    }
  }

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0);
  QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
  if (D.isInvalidType())
    return ExprError();

  SourceRange DirectInitRange;
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
    DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();

  return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
                     PlacementLParen,
                     PlacementArgs,
                     PlacementRParen,
                     TypeIdParens,
                     AllocType,
                     TInfo,
                     ArraySize,
                     DirectInitRange,
                     Initializer,
                     TypeContainsAuto);
}

static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
                                       Expr *Init) {
  if (!Init)
    return true;
  if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
    return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
  if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
    return true;
  else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
    return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
           CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
  else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
    assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
           "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
    return true;
  }
  return false;
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
                  MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
                  SourceRange TypeIdParens,
                  QualType AllocType,
                  TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
                  Expr *ArraySize,
                  SourceRange DirectInitRange,
                  Expr *Initializer,
                  bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
  SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();

  CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
  if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
    assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
  } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
  else {
    assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
            isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
           "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
  }

  Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
  unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
    assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
    Inits = List->getExprs();
    NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
  }

  // Determine whether we've already built the initializer.
  bool HaveCompleteInit = false;
  if (Initializer && isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer) &&
      !isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Initializer))
    HaveCompleteInit = true;
  else if (Initializer && isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer))
    HaveCompleteInit = true;

  // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
  if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit)
      return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                            diag::err_auto_new_requires_parens)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    if (NumInits > 1) {
      Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
      return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
                            diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
    }
    Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
    QualType DeducedType;
    if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
                       << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
                       << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
    if (DeducedType.isNull())
      return ExprError();
    AllocType = DeducedType;
  }

  // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
  // typedef of an array type.
  if (!ArraySize) {
    if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
                              = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
      ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
                                         Context.getSizeType(),
                                         TypeRange.getEnd());
      AllocType = Array->getElementType();
    }
  }

  if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
    return ExprError();

  if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && isStdInitializerList(AllocType, 0)) {
    Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
         diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
        << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
  }

  // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
      AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
    AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
                                    AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
  }

  QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
    
  if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    ArraySize = result.take();
  }
  // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
  //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
  // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
  //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
  //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
  // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
  //   std::size_t.
  if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult ConvertedSize;
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y) {
      assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");

      ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
						AA_Converting);

      if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 
          ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
        // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
          << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
    } else {
      class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
      protected:
        Expr *ArraySize;
  
      public:
        SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
            : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
              ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                     QualType T) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
                   << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
                   << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
        }
  
        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }

        virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
          return S.Diag(Loc,
                        S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
                          ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
                          : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
                   << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
        }
      } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);

      ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
                                                          SizeDiagnoser);
    }
    if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
    QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();

    if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
      return ExprError();

    // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
    //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
    //   with a non-negative value.
    //
    // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
    // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
    // array type.
    //
    // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
    // std::bad_array_new_length.
    if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
      llvm::APSInt Value;
      // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
      // unscoped enumeration type.
      if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
        if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
                        llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
                                 Value.isUnsigned())) {
          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
            Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
              << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
          else
            return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                  diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
                             << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
        } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
          unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
            ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
          if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
            if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
              Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                   diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
                << Value.toString(10)
                << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
            else
              return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
                                    diag::err_array_too_large)
                               << Value.toString(10)
                               << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
          }
        }
      } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
        // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
        Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
          << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());

        TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
      }
    }

    // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
    // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
  }

  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;

  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
      FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
                              SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
                              UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
                              OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
    return ExprError();

  // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
  // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
  if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
    UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
      = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);

  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
  if (OperatorNew) {
    // Add default arguments, if any.
    const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
      OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    VariadicCallType CallType =
      Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;

    if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
                               PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
      return ExprError();

    if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
      PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;

    DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);

    // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
  }

  // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
  // new.
  if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
      (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
       getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart()))) {
    if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
      unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
      if (Align > SuitableAlign)
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
            << AllocType
            << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
            << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
    }
  }

  QualType InitType = AllocType;
  // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
  // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
  // dialect distinction.
  if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
    if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
      SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
                            Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
      return ExprError();
    }
    if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
      // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
      // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
      // default-initialization).
      unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
      InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
          llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
                                              ArrayType::Normal, 0);
    }
  }

  // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
  // do it now.
  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
        llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits)) &&
      !HaveCompleteInit) {
    // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
    //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
    //   object as follows:
    InitializationKind Kind
    //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
    //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
    //       the object has indeterminate value
      = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
          ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
    //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
    //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
          : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
              ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
              : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
                                                 DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
                                                 DirectInitRange.getEnd());

    InitializedEntity Entity
      = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
                                          MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
    if (FullInit.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
    // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
            dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
      FullInit = Owned(Binder->getSubExpr());

    Initializer = FullInit.take();
  }

  // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
  if (OperatorNew) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
      return ExprError();
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
  }
  if (OperatorDelete) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
      return ExprError();
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
  }

  // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
  //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
  //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
  QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
  if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
    if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
        MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
        CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 
                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
                                << BaseAllocType);
        if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
          return ExprError();
      }
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
                                        OperatorDelete,
                                        UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
                                        PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
                                        ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer,
                                        ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
                                        Range, DirectInitRange));
}

/// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
/// in a new-expression.
bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
                              SourceRange R) {
  // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
  //   abstract class type or array thereof.
  if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
      << AllocType << 0 << R;
  else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
      << AllocType << 1 << R;
  else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
           RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
    return true;
  else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
    return true;
  else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
             << AllocType;
  else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
      << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
  else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
      QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
      if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
          BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
        return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
          << BaseAllocType;
    }
  }
           
  return false;
}

/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
/// deallocation function.
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
    return false;

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
    return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();

  if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
      FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
    return false;

  if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
    return true;

  return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
         S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
                                          S.Context.getSizeType());
}

/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                   bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
                                   bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
  // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
  // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
  // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
  //   in the scope of the allocated class.
  // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
  //   operator new.
  // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
  //   placement form.

  SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
  // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
  // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
  // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
  IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
                      Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
                      Context.getSizeType(),
                      SourceLocation());
  AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
  std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);

  // C++ [expr.new]p8:
  //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
  //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
  //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
  //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
  //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
  DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                        IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
  DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                        IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);

  QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);

  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
    CXXRecordDecl *Record
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
    if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
      return true;
  }

  if (!OperatorNew) {
    // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
    bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
    if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
                               /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
      if (!FallbackEnabled)
        return true;

      // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
      // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
      // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
      // will not replicate that bug.
      NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
      DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
      if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
                               /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
      return true;
    }
  }

  // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
  // -fno-exceptions.
  if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
    OperatorDelete = 0;
    return false;
  }

  // FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
  // copy them back.
  if (!PlaceArgs.empty())
    std::copy(AllocArgs.begin() + 1, AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.data());

  // C++ [expr.new]p19:
  //
  //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
  //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
  //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
  //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
  //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
    CXXRecordDecl *RD
      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
  }
  if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
    return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?

  if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
  }

  FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;

  // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
  // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
  // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
  //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
  //   A *a = new A()
  bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);

  if (isPlacementNew) {
    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
    //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
    //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
    //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
    //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
    //   identical. [...]
    //
    // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
    // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
    // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
    //
    // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
    QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
    {
      const FunctionProtoType *Proto
        = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();

      SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
      ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
      for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
        ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));

      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
      EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();

      ExpectedFunctionType
        = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
    }

    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
         D != DEnd; ++D) {
      FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
            = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
        // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
        // expected function type.
        TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
        if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
          continue;
      } else
        Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());

      if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
    }
  } else {
    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
    //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
    //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
         D != DEnd; ++D) {
      if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
        if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
          Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
    }

    // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
    //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
    //   function lookup is used
    // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
    //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
    //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
    //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
    //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
    //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
    //   with one parameter.
    if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
      if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
        Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
      else
        Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
      assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
             "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
  //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
  //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
  //   deallocation function will be called.
  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
    OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;

    // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
    //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
    //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
    //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
    //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
    //   is ill-formed.
    if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
        isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
        << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
                       PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
      if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
        Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
          << DeleteName;
    } else {
      CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
                            Matches[0].first);
    }
  }

  return false;
}

/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
/// function in the specified scope.
bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                  DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
                                  DeclContext *Ctx,
                                  bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
                                  bool Diagnose) {
  LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
  if (R.empty()) {
    if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
      return false;
    return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
      << Name << Range;
  }

  if (R.isAmbiguous())
    return true;

  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
  for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
    NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
      AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
                                   /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0,
                                   Args, Candidates,
                                   /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      continue;
    }

    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
    AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
                         /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  // Do the resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // Got one!
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
    // The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
    // too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
    // asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
    // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
    unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
    for (unsigned i = 0; (i < Args.size() && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                       FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));

      if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
        return true;

      ExprResult Result
        = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
      if (Result.isInvalid())
        return true;

      Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
    }

    Operator = FnDecl;

    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
                              Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    return false;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << Name << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
        << Name << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
        << Name 
        << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
        << Range;
      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    }
    return true;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}


/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
/// delete. These are:
/// @@code
///   // C++03:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
///   // C++11:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
///   // C++1y:
///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
/// @@endcode
/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
  if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
    return;

  // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
  //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
  //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
  //   program
  //
  //     C++03:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
  //     C++11:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
  //     C++1y:
  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
  //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
  //
  //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
  //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
  //
  // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
  // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
  // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
  // lookup.
  if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
    // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
    // implicitly.
    StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
                                        getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
                                        SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                                      &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
                                        0);
    getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
  }

  GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;

  QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
  QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
  bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOpts().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;

  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
      VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
      VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType(), AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
      Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
      Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
  if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
    DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
        Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
        Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
    DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
        Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
        Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
  }
}

/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
                                           QualType Return,
                                           QualType Param1, QualType Param2,
                                           bool AddMallocAttr) {
  DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
  unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;

  // Check if this function is already declared.
  DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
  for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
    // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
    // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
    if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
      if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
        QualType InitialParam1Type =
            Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
                                         ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
        QualType InitialParam2Type =
            NumParams == 2
                ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
                                               ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
                : QualType();
        // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
        if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
            (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
          if (AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
            Func->addAttr(MallocAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
          // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
          // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
          // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
          Func->setHidden(false);
          return;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;

  QualType BadAllocType;
  bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
    = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
       Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
  if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
      BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
      assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
      EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
      EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
    }
  } else {
    EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
                                EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
  }

  QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };

  QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
      Return, ArrayRef<QualType>(Params, NumParams), EPI);
  FunctionDecl *Alloc =
    FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
                         SourceLocation(), Name,
                         FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, false, true);
  Alloc->setImplicit();

  if (AddMallocAttr)
    Alloc->addAttr(MallocAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));

  ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
    ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
                                        SourceLocation(), 0,
                                        Params[I], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                        SC_None, 0);
    ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
  }
  Alloc->setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>(ParamDecls, NumParams));

  // FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
  // make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
  // global scope.
  Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
}

FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
                                                  bool CanProvideSize,
                                                  DeclarationName Name) {
  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();

  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());

  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
  //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
  //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
  llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
  for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
                           DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
       D != DEnd; ++D) {
    if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
      if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
        Matches.push_back(Fn);
  }

  // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
  //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
  //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
  //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
  //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
  //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
  //   shall be the function with one parameter.
  if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
    unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
    if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
      Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
    else
      Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
    assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
           "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
  }

  assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
         "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
  return Matches.front();
}

bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                    DeclarationName Name,
                                    FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
  LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
  LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);

  if (Found.isAmbiguous())
    return true;

  Found.suppressDiagnostics();

  SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
  for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
       F != FEnd; ++F) {
    NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();

    // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
    // deallocation function.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
      continue;

    if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
      Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
  }

  // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
    Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());

    if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
      if (Diagnose) {
        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
        NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
      }
      return true;
    }

    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
                              Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
      return true;

    return false;

  // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
  } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
        << Name << RD;

      for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
             F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
    }
    return true;
  }

  // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
  // none of them were suitable.
  if (!Found.empty()) {
    if (Diagnose) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
        << Name << RD;

      for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
           F != FEnd; ++F)
        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
    }
    return true;
  }

  Operator = 0;
  return false;
}

/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
/// @@code ::delete ptr; @@endcode
/// or
/// @@code delete [] ptr; @@endcode
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                     bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
  // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
  //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
  //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
  //   void.
  //
  // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.

  ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
  bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;

  if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
    Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.take());
    if (Ex.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();

    class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
    public:
      DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}

      bool match(QualType ConvType) {
        // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
        // the operator T*.
        if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
          if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
            return true;
        return false;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                            QualType T) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType T) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                 QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
                                             QualType ConvTy) {
        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
          << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                              QualType T) {
        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
                                          QualType ConvTy) {
        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
          << ConvTy;
      }

      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                               QualType T, QualType ConvTy) {
        llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
      }
    } Converter;

    Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.take(), Converter);
    if (Ex.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    Type = Ex.get()->getType();
    if (!Converter.match(Type))
      // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
      //        itself in this case.
      return ExprError();

    QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);

    if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
      return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 
                  diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
               << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;

    CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = 0;
    if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
      // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
      // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
      // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
    } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
    } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
      if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
                               diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
        if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
          PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
      }
    }

    // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
    //   [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
    //   delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
    //   (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
    //   of the delete-expression. ]

    if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
      Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
          << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
      ArrayForm = true;
    }

    DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
                                      ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);

    if (PointeeRD) {
      if (!UseGlobal &&
          FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
                                   OperatorDelete))
        return ExprError();

      // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
      // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
      if (ArrayForm) {
        // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
        // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
        if (UseGlobal)
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
            doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);

        // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
        // function we just found.
        else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
      }

      if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
        if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
          MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
                                    const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
          if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
            return ExprError();
        }

      // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
      //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
      //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
      //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
      //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
      //   behavior is undefined.
      //
      // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
      if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
        CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor();
        if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) {
          if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
            // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
            // sure the code has undefined behavior.
            Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor)
                << PointeeElem;
          } else if (!ArrayForm) {
            // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
            // but not necessarily wrong.
            Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
          }
        }
      }

    }

    if (!OperatorDelete)
      // Look for a global declaration.
      OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
          StartLoc, !RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 0) &&
                    (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
                     Pointee.isDestructedType()),
          DeleteName);

    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
    
    // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
    if (PointeeRD) {
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
          CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 
                      PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
      }
    }
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
                                           ArrayFormAsWritten,
                                           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
                                           OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
}

/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
                                        SourceLocation StmtLoc,
                                        bool ConvertToBoolean) {
  if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();

  // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
  //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
  if (T->isFunctionType())
    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
                       << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
  else if (T->isArrayType())
    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
                     << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());

  ExprResult Condition =
    Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
                              SourceLocation(),
                              ConditionVar,
                              /*enclosing*/ false,
                              ConditionVar->getLocation(),
                              ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
                              VK_LValue));

  MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));

  if (ConvertToBoolean) {
    Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
    if (Condition.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  return Condition;
}

/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
  // C++ 6.4p4:
  // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
  // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
  // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
  // program is ill-formed.
  // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
  // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
  //
  return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
}

/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
/// respectively).
bool
Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
  // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
  if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
    From = Cast->getSubExpr();

  // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
  // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
  // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
  // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
  if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
    if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
      if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
          = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
        // This conversion is considered only when there is an
        // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
        if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
          switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
            case StringLiteral::UTF8:
            case StringLiteral::UTF16:
            case StringLiteral::UTF32:
              // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
              break;
            case StringLiteral::Ascii:
              return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
                      ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
            case StringLiteral::Wide:
              return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
          }
        }
      }

  return false;
}

static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
                                       SourceLocation CastLoc,
                                       QualType Ty,
                                       CastKind Kind,
                                       CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                       bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                                       Expr *From) {
  switch (Kind) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
  case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
    SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;

    if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
      return ExprError();

    if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
      return ExprError();

    S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
                             InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
                             Constructor->getAccess());

    ExprResult Result
      = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
                                ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
                                /*ListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
                                CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
  }

  case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
    assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");

    // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
    CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
                                                 HadMultipleCandidates);
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
    Result = S.Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context,
                                              Result.get()->getType(),
                                              CK_UserDefinedConversion,
                                              Result.get(), 0,
                                              Result.get()->getValueKind()));

    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ 0, FoundDecl);

    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
  }
  }
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
/// used in the error message.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
                                AssignmentAction Action, 
                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
    ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
                                               Action, CCK);
    if (Res.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = Res.take();
    break;
  }

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {

      FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
      CastKind CastKind;
      QualType BeforeToType;
      assert(FD && "FIXME: aggregate initialization from init list");
      if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
        CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;

        // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
        // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
        // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
        BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
      } else {
        const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
        CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
        // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
        if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
          // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
          // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
          // type required by the argument of the constructor
          BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
        }
      }
      // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
      if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
        ExprResult Res =
          PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
                                    ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
                                    CCK);
        if (Res.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        From = Res.take();
      }

      ExprResult CastArg
        = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
                               From->getLocStart(),
                               ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                               CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
                               ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
                               ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
                               From);

      if (CastArg.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      From = CastArg.take();

      return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
                                       AA_Converting, CCK);
  }

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
    ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
                          PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
                            << From->getSourceRange());
     return ExprError();

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
    llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Everything went well.
  return Owned(From);
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
/// conversion, for use in error messages.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
                                AssignmentAction Action, 
                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
  bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
  
  // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
  // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
  // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
  // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  
  if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
    // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
    assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
    if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
      SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
      if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
                                  From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                  ConstructorArgs))
        return ExprError();
      return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                   ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
                                   ConstructorArgs,
                                   /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
                                   /*ListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
                                   CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
                                   SourceRange());
    }
    return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
                                 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
                                 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
                                 /*ListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
                                 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
                                 SourceRange());
  }

  // Resolve overloaded function references.
  if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
    DeclAccessPair Found;
    FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
                                                          true, Found);
    if (!Fn)
      return ExprError();

    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
      return ExprError();

    From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
    FromType = From->getType();
  }

  // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
  // non-atomic type.
  QualType ToAtomicType;
  if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
    ToAtomicType = ToType;
    ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
  }

  // Perform the first implicit conversion.
  switch (SCS.First) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
    assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
    FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
    ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
    assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
    From = FromRes.take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
    FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
    FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
  }

  // Perform the second implicit conversion
  switch (SCS.Second) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();
    // Nothing else to do.
    break;

  case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
    // be incompatible exception declarations.
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
  case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
    if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
      assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
             SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
             "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    } else {
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    }
    break;

  case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
  case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
  case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
    QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
    QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
    CastKind CK;
    if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
      if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
        CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
      else
        CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
    } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
      CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
    } else {
      CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
    }
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Floating_Integral:
    if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    else
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
  case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
    if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
      // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
      if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
          << ToType << From->getType() << Action
          << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
      else
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
          << From->getType() << ToType << Action
          << From->getSourceRange() << 0;

      if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
          ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
        EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
    } 
    else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
             !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 
                                                    From->getType())) {
      if (Action == AA_Initializing)
        Diag(From->getLocStart(), 
             diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
      else
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 
          << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 
          << From->getSourceRange();
    }
             
    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
      return ExprError();

    // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
    // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
    if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
      ExprResult E = From;
      (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
      From = E.take();
    }
    if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
      CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
             .take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
      return ExprError();
    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
      return ExprError();
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
             .take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
    // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
    if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
      FromType = Context.FloatTy;
    }

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
                             ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
                                     ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                                     From->getLocStart(),
                                     From->getSourceRange(),
                                     &BasePath,
                                     CStyle))
      return ExprError();

    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
                      CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
                      &BasePath, CCK).take();
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Vector_Splat:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, 
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Complex_Real:
    // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
    if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
      QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();

      // x -> y
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
        // do nothing
      } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
      } else {
        assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
      }
      // y -> _Complex y
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
                                     : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();

    // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
    } else {
      const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
      assert(FromComplex);

      QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();

      // _Complex x -> x
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
                                     : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 
                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();

      // x -> y
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
        // do nothing
      } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
      } else {
        assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 
                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
      }
    }
    break;
  
  case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
    break;
  }
      
  case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
    ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
    Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
      CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
    if (FromRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = FromRes.take();
    assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
            "Improper transparent union conversion");
    (void)ConvTy;
    break;
  }

  case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
                             CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
                             From->getValueKind()).take();
    break;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Qualification:
  case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
  }

  switch (SCS.Third) {
  case ICK_Identity:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case ICK_Qualification: {
    // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
    // target type isn't a reference.
    ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
                                  From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
                             CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();

    if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
        !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
      Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
           ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
           : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
        << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
    }

    break;
  }

  default:
    llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
  }

  // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
  // that conversion now.
  if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
    assert(Context.hasSameType(
        ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
                             VK_RValue, 0, CCK).take();
  }

  return Owned(From);
}

/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
///
/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
/// returns true.
static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
                                                SourceLocation Loc,
                                                QualType ArgTy) {
  // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
  //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
  //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
  //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
  //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
  //   must be a complete type.
  // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
  // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
  // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
  switch (UTT) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
    // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
    // Fall-through

    // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
    // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
    // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
    // impacted by the completeness of the type.
  case UTT_IsVoid:
  case UTT_IsIntegral:
  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
  case UTT_IsArray:
  case UTT_IsPointer:
  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
  case UTT_IsEnum:
  case UTT_IsUnion:
  case UTT_IsClass:
  case UTT_IsFunction:
  case UTT_IsReference:
  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
  case UTT_IsFundamental:
  case UTT_IsObject:
  case UTT_IsScalar:
  case UTT_IsCompound:
  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
    // Fall-through

    // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
    // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
    // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
    // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
    // Table 49.
  case UTT_IsConst:
  case UTT_IsVolatile:
  case UTT_IsSigned:
  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
    return true;

    // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
    // applied to a complete type.
  case UTT_IsTrivial:
  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
  case UTT_IsPOD:
  case UTT_IsLiteral:
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
    // Fall-through

  // These traits require a complete type.
  case UTT_IsFinal:
  case UTT_IsSealed:

    // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
    // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
    // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
    // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
    // requiring the complete type.
  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
    // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
    QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
    if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
      ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();

    // The void type is expressly allowed.
    if (ElTy->isVoidType())
      return true;

    return !S.RequireCompleteType(
      Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
  }
}

static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                               Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 
                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 
                               bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
{
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
  if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
    return true;

  DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
  LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
    bool FoundOperator = false;
    Res.suppressDiagnostics();
    for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
         Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
      if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
        continue;

      CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
      if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
        FoundOperator = true;
        const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
          Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
        CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
          return false;
      }
    }
    return FoundOperator;
  }
  return false;
}

static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
                                   SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");

  ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
  switch(UTT) {
  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
    // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
  case UTT_IsVoid:
    return T->isVoidType();
  case UTT_IsIntegral:
    return T->isIntegralType(C);
  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
    return T->isFloatingType();
  case UTT_IsArray:
    return T->isArrayType();
  case UTT_IsPointer:
    return T->isPointerType();
  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
    return T->isLValueReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
    return T->isRValueReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
    return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
    return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
  case UTT_IsEnum:
    return T->isEnumeralType();
  case UTT_IsUnion:
    return T->isUnionType();
  case UTT_IsClass:
    return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
  case UTT_IsFunction:
    return T->isFunctionType();

    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
  case UTT_IsReference:
    return T->isReferenceType();
  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
    return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
  case UTT_IsFundamental:
    return T->isFundamentalType();
  case UTT_IsObject:
    return T->isObjectType();
  case UTT_IsScalar:
    // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
    // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
    // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
    // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
      switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
      case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
        return true;

      case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
      case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
        return false;
      }
    }
      
    return T->isScalarType();
  case UTT_IsCompound:
    return T->isCompoundType();
  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
    return T->isMemberPointerType();

    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
    // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
  case UTT_IsConst:
    return T.isConstQualified();
  case UTT_IsVolatile:
    return T.isVolatileQualified();
  case UTT_IsTrivial:
    return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
    return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
    return T->isStandardLayoutType();
  case UTT_IsPOD:
    return T.isPODType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsLiteral:
    return T->isLiteralType(Self.Context);
  case UTT_IsEmpty:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isPolymorphic();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsAbstract:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isAbstract();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->isInterface();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsFinal:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsSealed:
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (FinalAttr *FA = RD->getAttr<FinalAttr>())
        return FA->isSpelledAsSealed();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsSigned:
    return T->isSignedIntegerType();
  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
    return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();

    // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
    // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
    // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
    // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
    // specifications.
    //
    //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
    //
    // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
    // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
    // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
    // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
    // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
    // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
    //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
    //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
    //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
    //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
    //   is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
    return false;
  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
    //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
    //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
    //   true, else it is false.
    // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
    // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
    // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
    // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
    // [class.copy]p12).

    if (T.isConstQualified())
      return false;
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
    return false;
  case UTT_IsDestructible:
  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
    // FIXME: Implement UTT_IsDestructible and UTT_IsNothrowDestructible.
    // For now, let's fall through.
  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
    //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
    //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
    //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
      return true;
      
    // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 
        T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
      return true;
      
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
    return false;
  // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
    //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
    //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
    //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
      return false;
    if (T->isReferenceType())
      return false;
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;

    if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
                                &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
    //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
    if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
      return true;

    if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
                                &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
    //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
    //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
    //   false.
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
          !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
        return true;

      bool FoundConstructor = false;
      unsigned FoundTQs;
      DeclContext::lookup_const_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
      for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con = R.begin(),
           ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
        // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
        // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
        // resolution point.
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
          continue;
        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
        if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
          FoundConstructor = true;
          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
          if (!CPT)
            return false;
          // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
            return false;
        }
      }

      return FoundConstructor;
    }
    return false;
  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
    //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
    //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
    //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
    //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
      return true;
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
      if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
          !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
        return true;

      bool FoundConstructor = false;
      DeclContext::lookup_const_result R = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
      for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con = R.begin(),
           ConEnd = R.end(); Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
        // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
          continue;
        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
        if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
          FoundConstructor = true;
          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
          if (!CPT)
            return false;
          // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
            return false;
        }
      }
      return FoundConstructor;
    }
    return false;
  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
    //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
    //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
        return Destructor->isVirtual();
    return false;

    // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
    // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
    //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
    // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
    //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
    //   function call.
    return !T->isIncompleteType();
  }
}

/// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
/// ARC mode.
static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
  switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
  case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
    return false;

  case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
  case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
    return true;

  case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
    return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
}

static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);

static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                              ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
    return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());

  if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
    return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
                                   Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);

  switch (Kind) {
  case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
  case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
  case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
    //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
    //
    //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
    //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
    //     no operation that is not trivial.
    //
    //   The predicate condition for a template specialization 
    //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 
    //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 
    //   variable t:
    //
    //     T t(create<Args>()...);
    assert(!Args.empty());

    // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
    // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
    // unknown bound.
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
      QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
      if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
        continue;

      if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
        return false;
    }

    // Make sure the first argument is a complete type.
    if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
      return false;

    SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
    SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
    ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
    for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
      QualType T = Args[I]->getType();
      if (T->isObjectType() || T->isFunctionType())
        T = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(T);
      OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
        OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 
                        T.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(T)));
      ArgExprs.push_back(&OpaqueArgExprs.back());
    }
    
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
    InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
                                                                 RParenLoc));
    InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
    if (Init.Failed())
      return false;

    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
      return false;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
      return true;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
      return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;

    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
      // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
      // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
      if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(Args[0]->getType().getNonReferenceType()))
        return false;

      // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
      // calls.
      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
    return false;
  }
    default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
  }
  
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 
                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();

  if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
                               *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
    return ExprError();

  bool Dependent = false;
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
      Dependent = true;
      break;
    }
  }

  bool Result = false;
  if (!Dependent)
    Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);

  return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
                               RParenLoc, Result);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
  ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
  
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
    if (!TInfo)
      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
    
    ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);    
  }

  return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
}

static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
  assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
         "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");

  switch(BTT) {
  case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
    // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
    // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
    // regard to cv-qualifiers.

    const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!lhsRecord) return false;

    const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!rhsRecord) return false;

    assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
             == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));

    if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
      return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();

    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
    //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
    //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
    //   complete type.
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 
                          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;

    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
      ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
  }
  case BTT_IsSame:
    return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
  case BTT_TypeCompatible:
    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                           RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
  case BTT_IsConvertible:
  case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
    // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
    //   Given the following function prototype:
    //
    //     template <class T> 
    //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
    //
    //   the predicate condition for a template specialization 
    //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 
    //   the return expression in the following code would be 
    //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
    //   type of the function:
    //
    //     To test() { 
    //       return create<From>();
    //     }
    //
    //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 
    //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 
    //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
    //   is considered.
    //
    // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
    // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
    // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).

    // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
    if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
      return false;

    // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
    if (RhsT->isVoidType())
      return LhsT->isVoidType();

    // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0) ||
        Self.RequireNonAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 0))
      return false;

    // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);

    // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
    OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
    Expr *FromPtr = &From;
    InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 
                                                           SourceLocation()));
    
    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
    if (Init.Failed())
      return false;

    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
    return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
  }

  case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
  case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
    //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
    //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
    //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
    //
    //   is_assignable is defined as:
    //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 
    //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
    //
    //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 
    //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
    if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;
    if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 
          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
      return false;

    // cv void is never assignable.
    if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
      return false;

    // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 
    // declval<U>().
    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
    if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
      RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
    OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
    OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
                        Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
    
    // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 
    // trap at translation unit scope.
    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
    ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/0, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, &Rhs);
    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
      return false;

    if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
      return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;

    if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
      // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
      // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
      if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
        return false;

      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
    return false;
  }
    default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     ParsedType Ty,
                                     Expr* DimExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
  QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
  if (!TSInfo)
    TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);

  return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
}

static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                           QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
                                           SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");

  switch(ATT) {
  case ATT_ArrayRank:
    if (T->isArrayType()) {
      unsigned Dim = 0;
      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
        ++Dim;
        T = AT->getElementType();
      }
      return Dim;
    }
    return 0;

  case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
    llvm::APSInt Value;
    uint64_t Dim;
    if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
          diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
          false).isInvalid())
      return 0;
    if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
      Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
        << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
      return 0;
    }
    Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();

    if (T->isArrayType()) {
      unsigned D = 0;
      bool Matched = false;
      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
        if (Dim == D) {
          Matched = true;
          break;
        }
        ++D;
        T = AT->getElementType();
      }

      if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
        if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
          return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
      }
    }
    return 0;
  }
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                     TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
                                     Expr* DimExpr,
                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
  QualType T = TSInfo->getType();

  // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
  // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
  uint64_t Value = 0;
  if (!T->isDependentType())
    Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);

  // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
  // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
  // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
  // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
  // important distinction.
  return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
                                                DimExpr, RParen,
                                                Context.getSizeType()));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      Expr *Queried,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
  if (!Queried)
    return ExprError();

  ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);

  return Result;
}

static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
  switch (ET) {
  case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
  case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
                                      Expr *Queried,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
  } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
    if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
  }

  bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);

  return Owned(new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value,
                                                 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
}

QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                            ExprValueKind &VK,
                                            SourceLocation Loc,
                                            bool isIndirect) {
  assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
         !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
         "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");

  // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
  if (isIndirect) {
    LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
    if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
  }

  // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
  RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
  if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();

  const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
  //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
  //   class type) [...]
  QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
  const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  if (!MemPtr) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
      << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);

  // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
  // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
  // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
  // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
  // likely to be considered a defect.

  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
  //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
  //   such a class]
  QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
  if (isIndirect) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
      LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    else {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
        << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
      return QualType();
    }
  }

  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
    // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
    if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
                            OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
      return QualType();
    }

    if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class)) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
        << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
      return QualType();
    }

    CXXCastPath BasePath;
    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
                                     SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
                                                 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
                                     &BasePath))
      return QualType();

    // Cast LHS to type of use.
    QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
    ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
                            &BasePath);
  }

  if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
    // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
    // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
     return QualType();
  }

  // C++ 5.5p2
  //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
  //   second operand.
  // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
  // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
  QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
  Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());

  // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
  //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
  //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
  //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
  //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
  //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
  if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
    switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
    case RQ_None:
      // Do nothing
      break;

    case RQ_LValue:
      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
          << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      break;

    case RQ_RValue:
      if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
          << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      break;
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
  //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
  //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
  //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
  //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
  //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
  //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
  if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
    VK = VK_RValue;
    return Context.BoundMemberTy;
  } else if (isIndirect) {
    VK = VK_LValue;
  } else {
    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
  }

  return Result;
}

/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
/// as such.
static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
                                SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
                                bool &HaveConversion,
                                QualType &ToType) {
  HaveConversion = false;
  ToType = To->getType();

  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
                                                           SourceLocation());
  // C++0x 5.16p3
  //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
  //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
  //   as follows:
  //   -- If E2 is an lvalue:
  bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
  if (ToIsLvalue) {
    //   E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
    //   type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
    //   conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
    QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);

    InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
    if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
      ToType = T;
      HaveConversion = true;
      return false;
    }

    if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
      return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
  }

  //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
  //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
  //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
  QualType FTy = From->getType();
  QualType TTy = To->getType();
  const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
  const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
  bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
  if (FRec && TRec &&
      (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
    //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
    //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
    //         [cv2 > cv1].
    if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
      if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
        InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
        InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
        if (InitSeq) {
          HaveConversion = true;
          return false;
        }

        if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
          return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
      }
    }

    return false;
  }

  //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
  //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
  //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
  //        an rvalue).
  //
  // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
  // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
  if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
    TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();

  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
  HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
  ToType = TTy;
  if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
    return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);

  return false;
}

/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
/// conversion to a common type.
static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                    SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
  Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
                                    CandidateSet);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
    case OR_Success: {
      // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
      ExprResult LHSRes =
        Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
                                       Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
      if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
        break;
      LHS = LHSRes;

      ExprResult RHSRes =
        Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
                                       Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
      if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
        break;
      RHS = RHSRes;
      if (Best->Function)
        Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
      return false;
    }
    
    case OR_No_Viable_Function:

      // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
      // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
      // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
      if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
        return true;

      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return true;

    case OR_Ambiguous:
      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
      // the viable candidates.
      break;

    case OR_Deleted:
      llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
  }
  return true;
}

/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
/// TryClassUnification.
static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
                                                           SourceLocation());
  Expr *Arg = E.take();
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return true;

  E = Result;
  return false;
}

/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
///
/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
                                           ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
                                           ExprObjectKind &OK,
                                           SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
  // interface pointers.

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
  //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
  if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
    ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
    if (CondRes.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    Cond = CondRes;
  }

  // Assume r-value.
  VK = VK_RValue;
  OK = OK_Ordinary;

  // Either of the arguments dependent?
  if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
    return Context.DependentTy;

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
  //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
  QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
  bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
  bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
  if (LVoid || RVoid) {
    //   ... one of the following shall hold:
    //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
    //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
    //      and value category of the other.
    bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
    bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
    if (LThrow != RThrow) {
      Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
      VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
      // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
      // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
      OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
      return NonThrow->getType();
    }

    //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
    //      type void and is a prvalue.
    if (LVoid && RVoid)
      return Context.VoidTy;

    // Neither holds, error.
    Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
      << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
      << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  // Neither is void.

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
  //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
  //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
  //   those operands to the type of the other.
  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
      (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
    // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
    QualType L2RType, R2LType;
    bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
    if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
      return QualType();
    if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
      return QualType();

    //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
    if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
        << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }

    //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
    //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
    //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
    if (HaveL2R) {
      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    } else if (HaveR2L) {
      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
    }
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
  //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
  //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
  //   operands to the type of the other.
  ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
  ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
      Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
      LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
    // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
    // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
    // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
    Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
    Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
    if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
    }
    else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
    }
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
  //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
  //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
  //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
  //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
  // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
  // l-values.
  bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
  if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
      LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
      RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
    if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
        RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
      OK = OK_BitField;
    return LTy;
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
  //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
  //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
  if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
    //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
    //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
    //   program is ill-formed.
    if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
      return QualType();
  }

  // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
  //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
  //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
  LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
  RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
  if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  RTy = RHS.get()->getType();

  //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
  //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
  //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
  //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
  //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
  //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
  if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
    if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
      // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
      if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
        return QualType();
      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);

      ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                     SourceLocation(),
                                                     LHS);
      if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
        return QualType();

      ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                     SourceLocation(),
                                                     RHS);
      if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
        return QualType();

      LHS = LHSCopy;
      RHS = RHSCopy;
    }

    return LTy;
  }

  // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
  if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);

  //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
  //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
  //      common type, and the result is of that type.
  if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
    UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    return LHS.get()->getType();
  }

  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
  //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
  //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
  //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
  //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
  //      pointer type.
  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
  //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
  //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
  //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
  //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
  //      operand. The result is of the common type.
  bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
  QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
                              isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
  if (!Composite.isNull()) {
    if (NonStandardCompositeType)
      Diag(QuestionLoc,
           diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
        << LTy << RTy << Composite
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();

    return Composite;
  }

  // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
  Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
  if (!Composite.isNull())
    return Composite;

  // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
  if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
    return QualType();

  Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
    << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
    << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
///
/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @@p E1
/// and @@p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
/// type and returns it.
/// It does not emit diagnostics.
///
/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
///
/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
/// will be set true.
QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
                                        Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
                                        bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
  if (NonStandardCompositeType)
    *NonStandardCompositeType = false;

  assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
  QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();

  // C++11 5.9p2
  //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
  //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
  //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
  //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
  //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
  if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
      !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
    if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
        E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
      return T1;
    }
    if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
        E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
      return T2;
    }
    return QualType();
  }

  if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
    else
      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
    return T2;
  }
  if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
    else
      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
    return T1;
  }

  // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
  if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
      (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
    return QualType();

  //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
  //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
  //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
  //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
  //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
  //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
  // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
  // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
  // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
  // types are the same, we have succeeded.
  // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
  typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
  QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
  typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
      ContainingClassVector;
  ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
  QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
           Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
  unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
  do {
    const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
    if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
        (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
      Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
      Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();

      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
      if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
          Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();

      QualifierUnion.push_back(
                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
      continue;
    }

    const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
    if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
        (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
      Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
      Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();

      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
      if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
          Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();

      QualifierUnion.push_back(
                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
                                             MemPtr2->getClass()));
      continue;
    }

    // FIXME: block pointer types?

    // Cannot unwrap any more types.
    break;
  } while (true);

  if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
    // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
    // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
    // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
      if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
        QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
        *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
      }
    }
  }

  // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
  ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
    = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
  for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
         I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
         E = QualifierUnion.rend();
       I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
    Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
    if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
      // Rebuild member pointer type
      Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
                                    Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
                                    MOC->first);
      Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
                                    Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
                                    MOC->second);
    } else {
      // Rebuild pointer type
      Composite1
        = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
      Composite2
        = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
    }
  }

  // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
  InitializedEntity Entity1
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
  InitializationKind Kind
    = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
  InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
  InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);

  if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
    // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
    if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
      // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
      // Composite2 is also viable.
      InitializedEntity Entity2
        = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
      InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
      InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
      if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
        // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
        // this is an ambiguity.
        return QualType();
      }
    }

    // Convert E1 to Composite1
    ExprResult E1Result
      = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
    if (E1Result.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();

    // Convert E2 to Composite1
    ExprResult E2Result
      = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
    if (E2Result.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();

    return Composite1;
  }

  // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
  InitializedEntity Entity2
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
  InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
  InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
  if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
    return QualType();

  // Convert E1 to Composite2
  ExprResult E1Result
    = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
  if (E1Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();

  // Convert E2 to Composite2
  ExprResult E2Result
    = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
  if (E2Result.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();

  return Composite2;
}

ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
  if (!E)
    return ExprError();

  assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");

  // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
  if (!E->isRValue())
    return Owned(E);

  // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
  // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {

    bool ReturnsRetained;

    // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
    // called value.
    if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
      Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
      QualType T = Callee->getType();

      if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
        // Handle pointer-to-members.
        if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
          T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
        else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
          T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
      }
      
      if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
      else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
        T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
      
      const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
      assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
      ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();

    // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
    // type always produce a +1 object.
    } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
      ReturnsRetained = true;

    // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
    // we don't want any extra casts here.
    } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
               isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
      return Owned(E);

    // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
    // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
    // cases where we don't have an actual method.
    } else {
      ObjCMethodDecl *D = 0;
      if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
        D = Send->getMethodDecl();
      } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
        D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
      } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
        D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
      } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
                                        = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
        D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
      }

      ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());

      // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
      // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
      // return an object.
      if (!ReturnsRetained &&
          D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
        return Owned(E);
    }

    // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
    if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
      return Owned(E);

    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;

    CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
                                   : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
    return Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, 0,
                                          VK_RValue));
  }

  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
    return Owned(E);

  // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
  // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
  const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
  const RecordType *RT = 0;
  while (!RT) {
    switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
    case Type::Record:
      RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
      break;
    case Type::ConstantArray:
    case Type::IncompleteArray:
    case Type::VariableArray:
    case Type::DependentSizedArray:
      T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
      break;
    default:
      return Owned(E);
    }
  }

  // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
  // not processing a decltype expression.
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
    return Owned(E);

  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? 0 : LookupDestructor(RD);

  if (Destructor) {
    MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
    CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
                            << E->getType());
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
      return ExprError();

    // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
    if (Destructor->isTrivial())
      return Owned(E);

    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);

  if (IsDecltype)
    ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);

  return Owned(Bind);
}

ExprResult
Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
  if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
}

Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
  assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");

  CleanupVarDeclMarking();

  unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
  assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
  assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
  if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
    return SubExpr;

  ArrayRef<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject> Cleanups
    = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
                         ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);

  Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
  DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();

  return E;
}

Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
  assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");

  CleanupVarDeclMarking();

  if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
    return SubStmt;

  // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
  // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
  // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
  // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
                                                      SourceLocation(),
                                                      SourceLocation());
  Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
                                   SourceLocation());
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
}

/// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
/// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
/// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
/// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");

  // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
  //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
  // -- if the function call is either
  //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
  //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
  //      decltype-specifier,
  //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.

  // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
  // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
  if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
    ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
    if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
      return Owned(E);
    return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.take());
  }
  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
      ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
      if (RHS.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
      if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
        return Owned(E);
      return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(BO->getLHS(), RHS.take(),
                                                BO_Comma, BO->getType(),
                                                BO->getValueKind(),
                                                BO->getObjectKind(),
                                                BO->getOperatorLoc(),
                                                BO->isFPContractable()));
    }
  }

  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
  CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) : 0;
  if (TopCall)
    E = TopCall;
  else
    TopBind = 0;

  // Disable the special decltype handling now.
  ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;

  // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
  // decltype expression.
  if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
    return Owned(E);

  // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
       I != N; ++I) {
    CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
    if (Call == TopCall)
      continue;

    if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(),
                            Call->getLocStart(),
                            Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
  // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
       I != N; ++I) {
    CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
      ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
    if (Bind == TopBind)
      continue;

    CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();

    CXXRecordDecl *RD =
      Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
    CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
    Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);

    MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
    CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
                            << Bind->getType());
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
      return ExprError();

    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
  return Owned(E);
}

/// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
                               llvm::ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
  unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
  // FIXME: Make this configurable?
  unsigned Limit = 9;
  if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
    // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
    SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
    SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
  }

  for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
    if (I == SkipStart) {
      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
             diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
          << SkipCount;
      I += SkipCount;
    } else {
      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
          << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
      ++I;
    }
  }
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
                                   bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
  // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.get();

  Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.take();

  QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
  MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
  if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
    // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
    // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
    // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
    if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
      if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
        BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();

    ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
    return Owned(Base);
  }

  // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
  //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
  //   returned, with the original second operand.
  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
    QualType StartingType = BaseType;
    bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
    bool FirstIteration = true;
    FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
    // The set of types we've considered so far.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
    SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
    CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));

    while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
      if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
          << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
          << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
        return ExprError();
      }

      Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
          S, Base, OpLoc,
          // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
          // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
          // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
          // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
          (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
              ? 0
              : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
        if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
          if (FirstIteration) {
            Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
              << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
            OpKind = tok::period;
            break;
          }
          Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
            << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
          CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
          if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : 0)) {
            Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
                 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
          }
        }
        return ExprError();
      }
      Base = Result.get();
      if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
        OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
      BaseType = Base->getType();
      CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
      if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
        return ExprError();
      }
      FirstIteration = false;
    }

    if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
        (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
      BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
  }

  // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
  // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
    BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
  
  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
  //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
  //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
  //   postfix-expression.
  //
  // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
  // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
  // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions.
  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
  } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
    ObjectType = ParsedType();
    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
    return Owned(Base);
  }

  // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
  // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
  //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
  //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 
  //   the member function body.
  if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
      !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
      RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
    return ExprError();

  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
  //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
  //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
  //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
  //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
  ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
  return Base;
}

ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                                   Expr *MemExpr) {
  SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
  Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
    << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");

  return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
                       MemExpr,
                       /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
                       None,
                       /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
}

static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 
                   tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
    Base = result.take();
  }
  ObjectType = Base->getType();

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
  //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
  //   This scalar type is the object type.
  // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
  // arrow operator.
  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
    if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
    } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
      // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
        << ObjectType << true
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
      if (S.isSFINAEContext())
        return true;

      OpKind = tok::period;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                         PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();

  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
      !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
    if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
    else
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
        << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
  //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
  if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
    QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
    SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
      = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
    if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
      if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
        Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
          << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
          << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
        DestructedType = ObjectType;
        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
      } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 
                                                ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
        
        if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
          // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
          // type.
        } else {
          Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
            << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
            << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
        }
        
        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
        DestructedType = ObjectType;
        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
  //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
  //   form
  //
  //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
  //
  //   shall designate the same scalar type.
  if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
    QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
    if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
        !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {

      Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
        << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
        << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

      ScopeType = QualType();
      ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
    }
  }

  Expr *Result
    = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
                                            OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
                                            SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                            ScopeTypeInfo,
                                            CCLoc,
                                            TildeLoc,
                                            Destructed);

  if (HasTrailingLParen)
    return Owned(Result);

  return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
                                           UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
         "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
         "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");

  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
  // record types and dependent types matter.
  ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
  if (!SS.isSet()) {
    if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
    else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
  }

  // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
  // type (with source-location information).
  QualType DestructedType;
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
    ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
                               S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
    if (!T &&
        ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
         (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
      // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
      // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
      // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
      // template instantiation time.
      Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
                                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
    } else if (!T) {
      Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
        << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
      if (isSFINAEContext())
        return ExprError();

      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
      DestructedType = ObjectType;
    } else
      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
  } else {
    // Resolve the template-id to a type.
    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                       TemplateId->NumArgs);
    TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
                                       TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
                                       TemplateId->Template,
                                       TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
                                       TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
                                       TemplateArgsPtr,
                                       TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
    if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
      DestructedType = ObjectType;
    } else
      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
  }

  // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
  // information.
  if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
    if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
      DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
                                                  SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
    Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
  }

  // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
  QualType ScopeType;
  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
      FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
      ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
                                 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
                                 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
      if (!T) {
        Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
             diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
          << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;

        if (isSFINAEContext())
          return ExprError();

        // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
        ScopeType = QualType();
      } else
        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
    } else {
      // Resolve the template-id to a type.
      TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
      TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
                                         TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
                                         TemplateId->Template,
                                         TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
                                         TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
                                         TemplateArgsPtr,
                                         TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
      if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
        // Recover by dropping this type.
        ScopeType = QualType();
      } else
        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
    }
  }

  if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
    ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
                                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation);


  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
                                   ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
                                   Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc, 
                                           const DeclSpec& DS,
                                           bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  QualType ObjectType;
  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());

  TypeLocBuilder TLB;
  DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
  DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);

  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
                                   0, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
                                   Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                        CXXConversionDecl *Method,
                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
  if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
      Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
    // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
    // is a LambdaExpr.
    Expr *SubE = E;
    CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
    if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
      SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
    SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
      SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
    if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
      // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
      // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
      // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
      // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
      // autoreleased.
      DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
      ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
                                                     E->getExprLoc(),
                                                     Method, E);
      if (Exp.isInvalid())
        Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
      return Exp;
    }
  }
      

  ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
                                          FoundDecl, Method);
  if (Exp.isInvalid())
    return true;

  MemberExpr *ME =
      new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
                               SourceLocation(), Context.BoundMemberTy,
                               VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
  if (HadMultipleCandidates)
    ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
  MarkMemberReferenced(ME);

  QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
  ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

  CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
    new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
                                    Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
  return CE;
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
  CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
  return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
                                             CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
                                   Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
  return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
}

static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
  // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
  // according to [expr]p10:
  //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
  //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
  //   one of the following forms:
  E = E->IgnoreParens();

  //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
  if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
  if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - class member access (5.2.5),
  if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
    return true;

  //   - indirection (5.3.1),
  if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
    if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
      return true;

  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
    if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
      return true;

    //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
  }

  //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
  //     operands are one of the above, or
  if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
    return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
           IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
  // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
  if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
          dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
    if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
             IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
  }

  // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
  if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
/// context that ignores the result.
ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
  if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
    if (result.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
    E = result.take();
  }

  // C99 6.3.2.1:
  //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
  //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
  //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
  if (E->isRValue()) {
    // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
    // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
    // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
    // some clients.
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
      return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);

    return Owned(E);
  }

  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
    // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
    // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
    // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
    // conversion.
    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
        E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
        IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
      ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
      if (Res.isInvalid())
        return Owned(E);
      E = Res.take();
    } 
    return Owned(E);
  }

  // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
  if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
      // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
      return Owned(E);
    }
  }

  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return Owned(E);
  E = Res.take();

  if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
    RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
                        diag::err_incomplete_type);
  return Owned(E);
}

// If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
// in a constant expression, return true.
//  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
//    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
//  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
//    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
//    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 
//    never be a constant expression.
//  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
//    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
//      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
//        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 
    ASTContext &Context) {
  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
  const VarDecl *DefVD = 0;

  // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
  if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
  assert(DefVD);
  if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
  EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();

  Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);

  if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
    // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
    // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
    // initializer is a potential constant expression.
    return false;
  }

  return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 
}

/// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 
/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 
/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 
/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any 
/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 
/// need to be captured.

static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
    Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {

  assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());  
  assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 
  assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 
      "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");

  const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();

  ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
      S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
  
  // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
  // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
  // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
  const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
      CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
    Expr *VarExpr = 0;
    VarDecl *Var = 0;
    CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
    // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
    // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 
    // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
    // For e.g.:
    // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
    // int test() {
    //   const int x = 10;
    //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
    //     (void) +x + a;
    //   };
    // }
    if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
        !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
      continue;

    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
    // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
      MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
                         &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
    } 
    const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 
        VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
    if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
      // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
      // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 
      // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 
      // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
      // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
      // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
      QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
      SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
      if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 
                          DeclRefType, 0)) {
        // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
        // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
        S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 
                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 
                          DeclRefType, 0);
      }
    }
  }

  // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
  if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
    // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
                FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ 0, S)) {
      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
      S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
                            /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
                            &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
    }
  }

  // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
  CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
}


ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
                                     bool DiscardedValue,
                                     bool IsConstexpr, 
                                     bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
  ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);

  if (!FullExpr.get())
    return ExprError();
 
  // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 
  // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 
  // containing full-expression is done).
  // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
  //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
  //     return a;
  //   }() ...);
  // }
  // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
  // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
  // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
  // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
  // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
  // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
  // parser/instantiation has got to).
  if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 
      DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
    return ExprError();

  // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
  if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
      FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
    FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.take(), Context.getObjCIdType());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  if (DiscardedValue) {
    FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
  }

  CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);

  // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 
  // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 
  // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
  // Consider the following code:
  // void f(int, int);
  // void f(const int&, double);
  // void foo() {   
  //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
  //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
  //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
  //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
  //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
  //      };
  //   };
  // }

  // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 
  // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:   
  //   void f() {
  //     const int n = 0;
  //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
  //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
  //     };
  //   }
  // 
  // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 
  // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 
  // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 
  // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.

  LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
  // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 
  // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
  // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.  
  // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
  // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
  // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 
  // PR, a proper fix would entail :
  //   "Alternative suggestion:
  //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 
  //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 
  //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 
  //     constructor/destructor.
  //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 
  //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
  if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
      CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
    CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
                                                              *this);
  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
}

StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
  if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();

  return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
}

Sema::IfExistsResult 
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
  DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
  if (!TargetName)
    return IER_DoesNotExist;
  
  // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
  if (TargetName.isDependentName())
    return IER_Dependent;
  
  // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
  LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
                 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
  LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
  R.suppressDiagnostics();
  
  switch (R.getResultKind()) {
  case LookupResult::Found:
  case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
  case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
  case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
    return IER_Exists;
    
  case LookupResult::NotFound:
    return IER_DoesNotExist;
    
  case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
    return IER_Dependent;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
}

Sema::IfExistsResult 
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
                                   bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   UnqualifiedId &Name) {
  DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
  
  // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
  SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
  collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
  collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
  if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
    DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
                                     IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 
                                               : UPPC_IfNotExists, 
                                     Unexpanded);
    return IER_Error;
  }
  
  return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
}
@


